HomeMy WebLinkAbout06/16/1993CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA
Mayor — Gary G. Miller
Mayor Pro Tem — Phyllis E. Papen
Councilman— John A. Forbing
Councilman — Gary H. Werner
Councihtan— Dexter D. MacBride
City Council Chambers
are located at:
South CbestAil Q dityA-negwwt ai► * ctAuaitnritrn
21865 East C *y Dtire
MEW
MEW DATE: JUNE 16, 1993
General Plan Public
Hearing
Terrence L Belanger
City Manager
Andrew V. Arczynski
City Attorney
MEETING TIME: 7:00 p.m. Lynda Btirgess
City Clerk
Copies of staff reports or other written documentation relating: to esct
are on file in the office of tris City Clerk and are available for public In
roaardind an aeanda lism. cleass contact the Cltv Clerk at (90918 01
The City of Diamond Bar uses RECYCLED paper and encourages you to ab the same.
its agenda
questions
se hours.
THIS MEETING IS BEING BROADCAST LIVE BY JONES INTERCABLE
FOR AIRING ON CHANNEL 12, AND BY REMAINING IN THE ROOM,
YOU ARE GIVING YOUR PERMISSION TO BE TELEVISED.
1. CALL TO ORDER: 7:00 p.m.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: MAYOR MILLER
ROLL CALL: Councilmen MacBride, Forbing,
Q 'k -—Werner, Mayor Pro Tem Papen, Mayor Miller
2. PUBLIC HEARING:
es
4. ADJ0URlOMT : ��, 1 9 9 3 -7,71-6 17),
2.1 ADOPTION OF GENERAL PLAN: The General Plan is a
statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to
guide the long-range physical development of the City. The
Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form
and character of the City over the next twenty years. It is
the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure
a balanced, comfortable environment in which to live and work.
It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City.
In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the retention of
a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan.
Five community workshops have been conducted with residents to
identify key planning issues and discuss potential General
Plan policy options. The results have been summarized and
forwarded to the Council for consideration. On May 19, 1993,
the Council began the public hearing process to adopt the
General Plan. The public discussion was. continued from May
26, 1993, in order to receive additional public input on the
entire draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and study
S S
suggested revisions to the Circulation Element.
S s
Recommended Actionu It is recommended that the City Council
open the Public Searing, receive presentation from the General
Plan consultant team, receive public testimony and forward
coma nts to City staff.
3. ANNOUECEMENTS : ( e E r re of G. -P -Jv pl a_r� CO
es
4. ADJ0URlOMT : ��, 1 9 9 3 -7,71-6 17),
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT AGENDA NO.
Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
..MEETING DATE: June 16, 1993 REPORT DATE: June 11, 1993
FROM: James DeStefano, Community Development Director
TITLE: Adoption of the 1993 General Plan
SUMMARY: The General Plan is a statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to guide the long range
physical development of the City. The Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form and character
of the City over the next twenty years. It is the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure a balanced,
comfortable environment in which to live and work. It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City. In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the
retention of a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan. Five community workshops have been
conducted with residents to identify key planning issues and discuss potential General Plan policy options. The
results have been summarized and forwarded to the Council for consideration. Four public hearings have been
conducted to consider specific revisions to the Draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and to receive additional
public input on the entire Draft General Plan.
The purpose of the June 16, 1993, public hearing is to present the 1993 General Plan. The Plan represents a
simulation of all comments received and changes, where appropriate, to the text of the previous Draft document.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council open the public hearing, receive a presentation
m the General Plan consultant team, receive public testimony, forward comments to City Staff, and continue the
,,,.olic hearing to July 6, 1993.
ATTACHMENTS: Staff Report
Other
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION: Library
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed — Yes X No
by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote? MAJORITY
3. Has environmental impact been assessed? — Yes X No
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission? — Yes X No
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report? X Yes — No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
Terrence L. Belang kpies DeStefano
City Manager Community Development Director
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: June 16, 1993
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
SUBJECT: Adoption of the General Plan
ISSUE STATEMENT: The General Plan is a statement of goals, policies and
implementing programs to guide the long range physical development of the
City. The Plan is required by.State Law and determines the size, form and
character of the City over the next twenty years. It is the most significant
tool utilized by the community to ensure a balanced, comfortable environment
in which to live and work. It represents the community's view of its future
and serves as the "blueprint" to define the long term character of,the City.
In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the retention of a consultant
team to further develop the Draft.General Plan. Five community workshops
have been conducted with residents to identify key planning issues and
discuss potential General Plan policy options. The results have been
summarized and forwarded to the Council for consideration. Four public
hearings have been conducted to consider specific revisions to the Draft
General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and to receive additional public input on
the entire Draft General Plan.
The purpose of the June 16, 1993, public hearing is to present the 1993
General Plan. The Plan represents a summation of all comments received and
changes, where appropriate, to the text of the previous Draft document.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council open the public
hearing, receive a presentation from the General Plan consultant team,
receive public testimony, forward comments to City Staff, and continue the
public hearing to July 6, 1993.
BACKGROUND:
On May 19, 1993, City Council began the public hearing adoption process for
the General Plan. The Council received testimony on proposed revisions
related to land use and open space policy. The public hearing was continued
to May 26th in order to further discuss the Land Use Element, Open Space
related policy and present the Circulation Element. The May 26, 1993,
continued public hearing accommodated further public testimony and Council
discussion. The hearing was continued to June 2, 1993, for a review of the
Circulation Element. The June 9, 1993, public hearing provided an additional
Dpportunity for public review and comment on the entire General Plan.
1
The Council has utilized the extensively noticed public workshops and publi-
hearing process to develop General Plan issues, options, and review specify
policy recommendations. The Draft General Plan document, dated July 14,
1992, has served as the basis for discussion.
The Council has reviewed workshop summary comments, individual written
submittals and received public hearing participation in the revision of the
Draft Plan. Throughout the course of the public hearings the council has
received, recorded and directed the City Staff to consider a variety of
comments related to landuse, housing, open space, conservation, circulation,
noise and safety policy. Suggested text and mapping revisions as a result of
the public comments, will be presented at the June 16, 1993, council public
hearing.
DISCUSSION: The 1993 Draft General Plan incorporates the seven state
mandated elements into six major sections. The 1993 Draft General Plan
utilized as its foundation the previous Draft Plan dated July 14, 1992.
Changes from the 1992 plan are identified by showing deletions in si-�at
and additions shown in
The Plan begins with a statement of vision. The vision statement
incorporates major components including retention of existing natural open
space, mitigation of regional traffic impacts on local streets, and promotion
of viable commercial activity. The discussion on the community participation
process recognizes the qualification of the August, 1992, referendum
petition, the decision to rescind the General Plan in March of 1993, and tt
initiation of a broad based community participation program utilized t_
formulate the 1993 Draft General Plan.
Several changes are identified within the Draft General Plan responding to
statements within the referendum petition, community workshop, and public
hearing comments related to the amount and type of future residential
development, open space preservation, traffic congestion on local roadways,
and the Tonner Canyon transportation corridor. The 1993 Draft General Plan
outlines specific changes made which reduce overall residential development
density significantly by lowering the majority of the community's residential
land use classifications from a theoretical 6 dwelling units per acre to
reflect the current development pattern of approximately 3 dwelling units per
acre.
The Tres Hermanos area land use designation has been changed to reflect the
current considerations for the property which include a specific location for
the Diamond Ranch High School and recognition of the existing agricultural
land usage.
Expansion of previous "open land" language for clarification and specificity,
has emphasized the need for confirmation of previous deed restrictions and
has provided a new open space definition and preservation program, and
further recognition of the Significant. Ecological Area located within the
central portion of the sphere of influence.
2
— PUBLIC HEARING NOTIFICATION:
Public hearing notices were previously published within the San Gabriel
Valley Tribune and Inland Valley Daily Bulletin in accordance with State Law.
In addition, public notices were published within the Diamond Bar and Walnut
Highlander, and The Windmill. Notice of the public hearings have been mailed
to several hundred names on our General Plan mailing list. Posters
announcing the General Plan workshop and public hearing process have been
circulated within the community. All General Plan documents have been
available for review at City Hall and the County Library.
PREPARED BY:
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
attachments: 1. Draft General Plan dated 6/16/93
2. Correspondence received from Ingeborg Allen dated
Wilbur Smith dated
Wilbur Smith dated
Tom Van Winkle dated
Don Ury dated May 24, 1993
comments, dated June, 1993
May 23, 1993.
3.
Correspondence
received
from
June 2, 1993
4.
Correspondence
received
from
June 9, 1993
5.
Correspondence
received
from
June 7, 1993
6.
Correspondence
received
from
7.
Summary of Round III Workshop
Wilbur Smith dated
Wilbur Smith dated
Tom Van Winkle dated
Don Ury dated May 24, 1993
comments, dated June, 1993
Ingeborg Allen
1234 D S. Diamond Bar Blvd.
Diamond Bar, CA 91765
May 23, 1993
City of Diamond Bar City Hali
Community Development Dept.
21860 E. Copley Drive
Diamond Bar, CA 91765
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
CVM5,-::;, 1V C4� c
C4_� war
C4*/W,/ AF -
of 40 To n
I will not be able to attend the upcoming hearing regarding the General Plan, specifically, the
session regarding the traffic circulation but wanted to give you my suggestions.
Since moving to Diamond Bar in 1990, just before Grand Avenue was opened to Chino Hills. I
have noticed a marked increase in rush-hour traffic on Diamond Bar Blvd. and Grand Avenue.
mostly for vehicles going to Chino Hills and Chino. Recently, I had the need to drive to Chino
in the evening and of all the vehicles ( approx. 20) that I followed on Grand Avenue, I only
saw 3 vehicles actually turning off into the residential areas of Diamond Bar. The rest of them
went on to Chino Hills and Chino.
Every evening we have traffic backing up on Diamond Bar Blvd. and Grand Avenue for the
people living in these communities because they avoid the freeway and try to save time by
driving through Diamond Bar. So far I have seen the right -turn lane on Grand Avenue, and the
bicycle lane on Diamond Bar Blvd taken away to make way for this traffic. This severely
impacts Diamond Bar residents and has added as much as 5 minutes to dust get from
Montefino Avenue using Grand Avenue to my house at the corner of Diamond Bar Blvd. &
Grand Avenue. Many residents are looking for short-cuts through city streets to avoid the
areas congested by traffic going through this area to other nearby cities. What other
inconveniences and added pollution do Diamond Bar residents have to endure to
accommodate this through -traffic?
Your previous General Plan noted that the traffic flow through the Diamond Bar Blvd. and
Grand Ave. intersection is 60,000 vehicles. Diamond Bar has only approx. 54,000 residents.
Even if all these residents v -ere licensed drivers and had a car (which is impossible, since
many cf them are children), there "NOUld only be 54,CG0 vehicles in town, and it is even more
impossible to think that all these vehicles would be crossing this particular intersection on a
daily basis. The added traffic therefore has to come from somewhere else. I think the cars are
for residents from Pomona and Chino Hills and Chino.
Traffic on Diamond Bar Blvd. with people turning onto Grand Avenue is so bad that cars
coming from Quail Summit cannot turn onto Diamond Bar Blvd. It can take upwards of an
additional 2 - 5 minutes every evening to get from Quail Summit to my Condominium complex.
The local access, right turn only, on Diamond Bar Blvd. to turn onto Quail Summit is frequently
ignored by drivers, making the intersection very hazardous. The "Keep Clear' areas at the
Allegro Condominium driveways are also frequently ignored, and often as you try to turn into
that area, the drivers, not wanting to lose their spot, cut you off. I don't think the Walnut Valley
Sheriffs Station has the manpower to post someone at these areas on a nightly basis to
reduce this problem.
My suggestion to curb this problem is to NOT make it easier for all these vehicles to use
Diamond Bar as a cutoff from the freeway by improving traffic flow for them, but to make it
more difficuit. Adding traffic lights, or changing the timing of the lights does not discourage
these people but only severely inconvenience local residents. This has already happened on
Rolling Knell. where residents cannot make a right turn onto Grand Avenue during rush hour if
they should have a need to go to Chino Hills or anywhere on South Grand Avenue. These
residents now have to struggle to get onto Diamond Bar Blvd. at Quail Summit and then sit in
the traffic going to Chino just to go up Grand Avenue or to Chino Hills My suggestion is to
restore the parking on Diamond Bar Blvd. from Quail Summit to Grand Avenue, making the
area local access only, and create a "Right Turn Only" lane starting at the shopping center at
Vineyard Bank. This would give local people access to their homes and make it much less
desirable to use this area as a short-cut, because it would take much longer to get into the
right -turn lane and increase the time it takes for them to drive home, hopefully making the
freeway a better alternative.
Having all this traffic come through Diamond Bar also does not add money to the local
businesses, because judging from the cars I followed, they, like most other people, do their
shopping close to home, which in this case is in Chino or Chino Hills.
I feel: if the traffic congestion is not eased in this area, it will affect the property values
adversely, if it has not already, reducing income for the city, which in this economy is
becoming even more critical. In talking with long-term residents, I have been told that the
quality of life in this city has deteriorated since the opening of Grand Avenue and the added
traffic that came with it.
Had i known how much increase in traffic there was going to be by opening Grand Avenue to
Chino Hills, I would not have purchased my property and I am sure many other people
thinking about residing here will have the same thoughts, especially between 6:45 - 7:00 AM
and 3:30 and 6:15 PM on weekdays.
I realize that this should not be news to you but I just wanted to express the feelings of one of
you residents.
Sincerely,
FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS WITH THE DIAMOND GENERAL PLAN
2 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
1. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THAT THE "TRAFFIC PROBLEMS" ARE CAUSED BY:
A.INCAPACITY OF THE 60 FREEWAY TO SERVE AS A MAJOR ARTERY
INTO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
B. CONVERGENCE OF THE 57 AND 60 FREEWAYS INTO ONE
C.THE PROBLEM ISREAGIONAL AND CANNOT BE SOLVED BY
DIAMOND BAR ALONE
D. RESPONDING TO "SPECIAL INTEREST" WHO CAN PROFIT BY
DEVELOPEMENT OF TONNER CANYON AND ARE OVER STATING
THE TRAFFIC PROBLEMS TO GAIN PUBLIC SUPPORT FOR A ROAD.
2. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THAT THE QUALITY OF LIFE IN THIS
AREA IS DUE PRIMARILY TO THE HILLS AND CANYONS (TONNE
ETC,) WHICH CAUSED THE LOW DENSITY HOUSING PATTERNS
3. THE PLANT AND ANIMAL LIFE AND SENSE OF OPENNESS ARE
ALSO KEY FACTORS TO THIS PLEASENT,RELAXED LIFESTYLE
WHICH ARE A DIRECT RESULT OF THESE HILLS AND CANYONS
4. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THE GEOLOGICAL AND ENVIROMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS OF TONNER CANYON
A. NO STATEMENT IN THE GENERAL PLAN THAT TONNER
CANYON IS WITHIN S.E.A. 15 AND IS THEREBY
PROTECTED BY COUNTY AND STATE LAW AND THAT
DIAMOND BAR WILL ACT WITHIN THE LETTER AND SPIRIT
OF THESE LAWS
B. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THESE FACTORS HAS PRODUCED
THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
* $125,000,000.00 LAW SUIT OF THE JCC PROPERTIES
* THE REFERENDUM AND THE RESULTING LOSS
OF THE CASE IN COURT
* THE LEGAL FEES FOR BOTH PARTIES
* CONTINUINING COURT ACTION FOR NOT ACTING
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COURTS VERDICT
* INABILITY TO COMPLETE A GENERAL PLAN WITHIN
47 MONTHS (30 MONTHS WERE ALLOWED)
* INABILITY TO GRANT NECESSARY BUILDING PERMITS
5. THIS GENERAL PLAN IS SIMPLY A RESTATEMENT OF AN
E.I.R WRITTEN BY A DEVELOPER FOR PERSONAL GAIN
COMMENTS ON DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
9 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
COMMENTS ON
DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
9 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
PROCEDURES
1. ALLOW SIX WEEKS FOR PUBLIC REVIEW OF ALL ELEMENTS OF THE GENERAL PLAN
E.I.R.
MASTER ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT) AFTER THE FINAL VERSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE
AVAILABLE AND BEFORE A COUNCIL VOTE ON ADOPTION.
2. STATE HOW THIS PROCESS OF DEVELOPING THE GENERAL PLAN IS CONSISTENT WITH THE
SUPERIOR COURTS DECISION REGARDING THE REFERENDUM.
3. IDENTIFY THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN AND ONE ADOPTED BEFORE
THE REFERENDUM.
4. IDENTIFY AND STATE A REASON FOR ALL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN
AND GPAC(A CITIZEN COMMITTEE) RECOMMENDATIONS.
5. CLEARLY STATE DIAMOND BARS INTENTION TO BE CONSISTENT WITH COUNTY LAW
REGARDING S.E.A. 15.
6. IDENTIFY AND STATE A REASON FOR ALL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN
AND THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT.
CIRCULATION
7. DEVELOP A STRATEGY TO OBTAIN COUNTY, STATE, AND FEDERAL FUNDING FOR MAJOR
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE 57/60 INTERCHANGE BY COORDINATION WITH SURROUNDING CITIES
ALONG THESE ROADS.
8. BASE PREDICTIONS (YEAR 2010) OF DIAMOND BAR TRAFFIC ON THESE IMPROVEMENTS
RATHER THAN TONNER CANYON ROADS.
9. COMPARE TRAFFIC CONDITIONS IN DIAMOND BAR WITH SURROUNDING CITIES.
10. REVISE THIS ELEMENT TO INCLUDE:
a) SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC BY MEANS DEFINED IN
ENVIRONMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT (PAGES II -T-35).
b) DELETE ALL REFERENCE TO A TONNER CANYON ROADWAY.
c) USE TIME (TO GO FROM POINT A TO B, STOP AT INTERSECTIONS AS A CRITERIA FOR
EVALUATING TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. PEOPLES LIVES ARE AFFECTED BY TIME NOT
VOLUME OF TRAFFIC.
d) DEFINE PROBABILITIES FOR THE TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS IN YEAR 2010. ALL PLANNING
SHOULD BE BASED ON BOTH THE PROJECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING
PROBABILITIES.
HOUSING
11. THE REPORT SHOULD GIVE SOME GUIDELINES FOR HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TO MAINTAIN
LOW DENSITY SUCH AS:
a) MINIMUM PAD/LOT SIZES OF 5,000/8,000 SQ. FT.
b) MINIMUM SET BACKS FROM PROPERTY LINES:
25 FEET IN FRONT
10 FEET ON SIDES
c) MINIMUM HOUSE SIZES:
SINGLE FAMILY 2,300 SO. FT.
CONDOlTOWNHOUSE 1,800 SO. FT.
APARTMENTS 1,300 SO. FT.
d) RATIO OF APARTMENTS TO SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE NO GREATER THAN 0.10.
e) RATIO OF CONDO/TOWNHOUSES TO SINGLE FAMILY NO GREATER THAN 0.15.
Q RURAL RESIDENTIAL (HILLSIDE) DENSITIES SHOULD BE ONE UNIT PER 2.5 ACRES.
g) ALL NEW HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS GREATER THAN 25 UNITS SHALL HAVE A COMMON
PLAY GROUND AREA OF A SPECIFIED SIZE.
h) ALL NEW HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS LESS THAN 25 UNITS SHALL DONATE FUNDS FOR
IMPROVEMENTS TO THE NEAREST CITY PARK.
1) ALL SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES SHOULD HAVE THREE OR MORE GARAGES.
j) ALL CONDO/TOWNHOUSES/APARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE TWO OR MORE OFF-STREET
PARKING AREAS.
OPEN SPACES
12. RECOMMEND NO TONNER CANYON ROAD FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:
a) NOT CONSISTENT WITH COUNTY/ STATE LAWS REGARDING S.E.A. 15.
b) CANNOT BE IMPLEMENTED BY DIAMOND BAR.
c) THE ROAD IDEA WAS BASED UPON A REPORT (PARSONS, BRINCKERHOFF) FUNDED BY
ORANGE AND SAN BERNARDINO COUNTIES. THIS REPORT SOUGHT A SOLUTION TO
THEIR TRAFFIC PROBLEMS RATHER THAN DIAMOND BARS IT DOES NOT ADDRESS THE
MAJOR PROBLEM WHICH IS THE 57/60 INTERCHANGE.
d) THIS REPORT SHOWS THAT THE TONER CANYON OPTION WAS NOT EFFECTIVE IN
SOLVING THE TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AND ALSO COULD NOT GENERATE REVENUE TO
PAY FOR ITSELF. DIAMOND BAR CITIZENS MAY HAVE TO MAKE UP THE SHORT FALL.
General Plan Issues to be discussed. June 7, 1993
The General Plan should reflect the following:es
reinforced by appropriate strategies. Pol'ic'ies and be
LAND USE
1• Every development is required to submit a full Environmental
Impact Report (EIR) ie. Commercial, multi -unit, residential
subdivision or rezoning such as: Old Post Office site, Yellow
Brick Project, Hospital, JCC Project, residential subdivisionll
2• A Native Dec arat'on will not be acceptable by this city.
support 3• Recognize and y
Canyon Wilderness support legal conservancies such as Tonner
st and
from State, Federal and 1 calasalencies to lbuly pursue monies
maintain the canyons and preserve and
open spa a lands in and around Diamond
Bar. Protection of trees, vegitation and wildlife in the canyons
and ridge lines should be a priority over development in those
areas. This also includes a mandatory honoring and respect for the
preservation of SEA 15 according to the reasons stipulated in the
establishment of this ecological sensitive area.
4. Enforce and maintain all parcel map and deed restrictions on
all parkland and open space and undeveloped properties that have
been recorded and exist presently or prior to cityhood. All CC&R's
that appear on deeds are to be dealt with separately.
in resolving any of the map or deed restrictions r CC&R n issues,
they should be discussed before City Council hearings as a separate
issue with a priority of keeping an open space environment. An
advisory election may be necessary to resolve some issues of great
controversy.
5. A Rural Hillside (RH) designation must be included on the maps
and tables for consistency before the General Plan is approved.
Add into the General Plan the Rural Hillside
reflect 1 DU/2.5 acres in significant ecological�areas,e heavilto
y
wooded areas, and parcels with slopes of fifteen percent (15%) or
more. ie. Tonner Canyon, Sandstone Canyon, Sycamore and SEA 15.
TRAFFIC
6. Address traffic as a complete issue by incorporating
statements dealing with regional as well as local issues. ie. The
effect of the Metrolink at Brea Canyon & Currier Rd. in relation to
the proposed project in Sandstone Canyon. The General Plan must
address other projects outside our City that will affect our City.
7. The General Plan must state our approach to a regional
solution to the 57/60 freeway interchange. In addressing Tonner
Canyon roadway, the General Plan does not have specific terminology
1
to define issues such as what "Environmentally. Safe" means. The
Schafer, begins to offer meanings to these
report submitted by Mr•
different terms, however more work needs to be given to this topic
to define the issue more completely. See attachment
8. The General Plan does not offer alternative options, goals or
strategies for a solutions to the regional dour local ,raffic
problems, ie. alternate freeway improvements, el Canyon and
transit, alternate routs for roadways like Soqu
coordinating data and information with other Cities.
9, Implement strategies in the General trier encouragfully building(s) e
mall and Corporate landlords to keep
occupied by not allowing these landlords any further development
to
until their buildings are occupied, and by implementing programs
o stay in business. This will increase the
assist small business t
Example: Albertson's shopping center,
City tax revenue base.
prciero and Sons, is virtually empty, but they have plans
owned by in Diamond Bar. Why should Arciero & Sons
to continue developingj can't
be permitted to develop in Didar when the,
already have developed maintain
full occupancy with what they have
and
lo. Implement strategies to keep small d nancan.
assist businesses in survival by modifying the existing O
Laws should be made consistent, but not so restrictive to cause
financial hardship on businesses. ie. the sign ordinance, ingress
and egress traffic problems and ample parking facilities. These
issues can be addressed when remodeling or face lifting, etc.
Gary Neely's Issues
11. Gary Neely's report has some important and extremely valid
ir
issues that need to be discussed and evaluated for rhmay notmerit aaree
considered as options in the General Flare We enough for
fully with all issues, however they
further discussion and consideration.
The following issues from Neeley's report, using the format of his
report and his page numbers and references are: (see Attachment B)
Page 2 under 1.1.1. f.
Higher learning and recreation uses for our community and lake
facility.
Page 5 under 1.5.1
be
Development rights and CC&R's etc. reviously recorded
maintained are important issues: such as p
restrictions etc. on maps. This topic should be defined and the
General Plan reflect the City's position.
2
Page 6 under 2.1.1 c.d,e,f & g.
Tres Hermanos
reservoir,
Canyon Roadway etc. in res higher educational
Chino Hills, Chino and respect to facilities
a determination made the cit pursuing correlatio Tonner
Of Diamond Bar, and stated of Industry need to n with Brea,
in our General be defined and
Plan for the benefit
Page 7 under 2..3.2 a.
Regarding fundin
g mechanisms
financing need , develo er
statement. additional discussion P fees and
redevelopment
to form a firm decision and
Page 9 4.2.2
The topic of annexation
to strengthen our Of unincorporated
development tax base and broaden our areas west of Diamond Bar
for our GeneralPlan.
of constructive potential forindu trial
discussion and consideration
Page 9 4.2.3
The topic of annexation of
Agency, who o�►ms the City of Industry
Opportunities acreage (Tres HermanosA Urban Development
worth to increase tax base needs
Y of evaluation. to Promote further
. complete discussion is
These few items including
for our City to balancGary Neely,s report are es
requirements as well as our Open space especially useful
Possible traffic S iutloris d City revenue
A line by line
submitted interpretation of the General Plan changes will be
version. as soon as we
We request amplereceive your line b
discussion before the General Plan itime to s approved. Y line strike out
Y Yours and submit ours for
PP owed.
Tom Van Winkle
3 09"LANVUSUE.93
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor is a transportation facility that meets the general
prerequisites of being able to allow for movements of people and goods in a safe and efficient
manner. It is further defined by characteristics that causes the facility to have minimal impact to the
environment and adjacent ecosystem. These characteristics should include but not be limited to the
following:
corridor -- a corridor should be defined as a route that encourages movement of people in a
manner that encourages multimodal uses such as buses, trolleys and shuttles; discourages
single occupant vehicle trips. Movement of goods within this corridor should be evaluated
in terms of not detracting from the basic goal of maximizing movement people in high
occupancy vehicles.
topographic -- the corridor should blend with the natural terrain as much as possible to reduce
grading and movement of earth. Curves and contours of the natural terrain should be
reflected in design of the corridor. This goal must necessarily be balanced with providing
safe corridor geometry for the modes of travel that will use it.
hydrology -- positive drainage control will be developed as part of the corridor design to
provide for capture and transmission of runoff from the facility to an appropriate storm
drainage facility. This goal is to control foreign and potentially incompatible fluids and
particles from entering the adjacent ecosystem.
air quality -- street sweeping/cleaning shall be programmed into maintenance operations to
prevent buildup of dirt and dust on the corridor travel surface. This goal will serve to reduce
the amount of airborne particulates which could otherwise enter the adjacent ecosystem.
noise -- to the extent possible, modes of travel should be encouraged which have reduced
sound characteristics. In addition, natural barriers to sound created by the corridor should
be developed and implemented to reduce sound intrusion into the adjacent ecosystem.
biological habitat -- replant and maintain natural plant species to the extent possible alone
the corridor where grading has altered the natural landscape. Similarly, provide frequer,
DRAFT 1 6-2-
game crossings to permit natural migratory paths to be maintained.
aesthetic -- views from the corridor should reinforce the feeling in the traveler that they are
in an environmentally sensitive area. Similarly, views of the corridor from adjacent properties
should reinforce the feeling that the corridor is a natural part of the landscape.
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor does not presume to specify the type of vehicles
that will utilize the facility. Rather, it should encourage and foster high occupancy, clean operation,
modes that are integrated with the corridor. Planning efforts should look to the future and anticipate
technologies that will emerge and contribute to development of a corridor that meets the growing
travel demands of the region and maintains precious natural resources.
C o m in e n t s
DRAFT 2 6-2-93
1
E. LAND USE GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
(Revised)
"IT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR THE COMWUN[TY
DEVELOPMENT TO ENSURE THAT THE LAND USES AND DEVELOPMENT
DECISIONS OF DIA'11OND BAR ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR ITS
RESIDENTS." (,yo changes)
GOAL L Require a mix of land uses which enhance the quality of life of Diamond Bar
residents, consistent with its desire to maintain its quality and distinctiveness
as a planned community. (No Changes;
Objective 1.1 Establish a land use classification system to guiLle the public and private use of land within
the City and its sphere of influence. (No Changes)
Strategies:
1.1.1 Identify residential land use categories to provide an appropriate range of housing
types for residential development within the City and its Sphere of Influence.
(No changes)
a. Designate currently developed hillside residential areas with an average slope
greater than 25 percent as Rural Residential (RR) on the Land Use map.
The maximum gross density of Rural Residential will be 1.0 dwelling unit
per gross acre (1 du/ac).
b. Designate currently undeveloped hillside residential areas with an average slope
greater than 25 percent as Low Rural Residential (LRR) on the Land Use map.
The maxininrn gross density of Rural Residential will be 1.0 dwelling unit per
2.5 gross acres (0.4 du/ac). (A& d)
r�
C. Designate single family detached residential areas with a slope less than 25
percent as Residential (R) on the Land Use ntap. The maximunt density of
Residential areas will be 3.0 dwelling units per gross acre (3 du/ac).
(Added to rep4ree RL & RLM designations.)
d. Designate currently developed townhome, condominium, apartment,
mobilehome and other multiple gamily residential properties as High Density
Residential (RH) on the Land Use nnap. The maximum gross density of High
Density Residential will be 160 divelling units per gross acre (16 dulac).
e. Designate currently undeveloped townhonte, condominium, apartment,
mobilehonre and other multiple family residential properties as Medium Density
Residential (RM) on the Land Use Wrap. The maximum gross density of
Medium Density Residential will be 12 0 dwelling units per gross acre
(12 dulae). (ridded)
f In conjunction with this plan's srated desire to bring a new limited enrollment
institution of higher Teaming (e.;; , University of California) campus to that
undeveloped area of the Ciry known as Tres Herntanos Ranch, designate a
combination Resideniial/RetailiC'onlntercial land use category of :Mixed Use
(MIX) to be available for an as yet undefined area surrounding t)te associated
142 acre reclaimed water lake. As such, housing projects within this area could
be built at densities higher than 16 units per acre and at densities that would
provide housing for all income segments of identified need (Aced)
1.1.2
(No Changes)
1.1.2. a.
(No Changes)
b.
(No Changes)
1.1.3
(No Changes)
1.1.4
(No Changes)
1.1.5
(No Changes)
1.1.6
(No Changes)
1.1.7
(No Changes)
1.1.8
(No Chanes)
1.1.9
(No Changes)
Objective 1.2 Preserve and maintain the quality of existing residential neighborhoods while offering a
variety of housing opportunities. (No chanes)
Strategies:
1.2.1
(No Changes)
1.2.2
(No Changes)
1.2.3
(No Chanes)
1.2.4
(No Chanes)
1.2.4. a.
(No Changes)
b.
(No Chang=)
1.2.5
(No Changes, but to~ the spacing)
1.26 Broaden the range of, and encourage innovation in, housing types when
possible. Require development within residential (LRR, RR, R, RM, RH &
MIX) areas to provide amenities such as common usable, active open space
and recreational areas.
1.2.7
(No Changes)
1.2.8
(No Clang")
1.2.8 a.
(No Chang")
b.
(No Clangs)
1.2.9
(No Chang")
Objective 1.3 Designate adequate land for retail and service commercial, professional services and other
employment -generating uses in sufficient quantity to meet the City's needs. (No Changes)
Strategies:
1. 3.1 (No Changes)
1.3.1 a. (No Changes)
b. (No Changes)
C. In conjunction with this plan's stated desire to bring a new limited auU&7xrt
institution of higher learning (e.g., University of California) campus to that
undeveloped area of the City known as Tres Hernzanos Ranch, a combination
Residential/Retail/Commercial land use category of Mired Use (MIX) will be
available for an as yet undefined area surrounding the associated 142 acre
reclaimed water lake. As such, commercial projects which compliment and
supplement these other planned projects within this area (e.g., Hotel, conference
center, etc.) will be pursued. (Addei)
1.3.2 (No Changes)
1.3.2 a. (No Changes)
1.3.3 (No Changes)
1.3.3 a. (No Changes)
b. Typical uses for the conintercial/rerail section of the mixed use center planned
for Tres Hermanos Ranch include general retail, specialty retail, food and drug
stores, restaurants, financial institutions, lake front recreational or educational
oriented businesses. (Added)
1.3.4 (No Changes)
1.3.5 (No Changes)
1.3.5 a. (No Ownges)
b. (No Changes)
C. (No Changes)
d. (No Changes)
e. Actively pronzote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of h i g e r
learning (e.g., a University of California cantpus) and its associated nixed
use "City within a City" center on Tres- Hernmannc Ranrh in Diamond Bar.
(Adder!)
1.3.6 (No Changer)
Objective 1.4 Designate adequate land for educational, cultural, recreational and public service activities
to meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents_ (No Changes)
Strategies:
1.4.1 (No Cl -rages)
1.4.2 (No Changes)
1.4.3 (No Changes)
1.4.4 (No Gianga)
1.4.5 Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to
construct a high school in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Herntanos Ranch.
(Added)
a. As part of the high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis
courts, footballlsoecer stadium, gymnasium, etc.). (added)
1.4.6 Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment insuatrion of h i g h e r
learning (e.g., a University of California campus) on Tres Hermanos Ranch
in Diamond Bar. (Added) .
a. As part of the school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball
fields, tennis courts, footballlsoccer stadium, gymnasium, etc.). (Addled)
b. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 12W aor
potable water lake, the 143 acre reclaimed water lake, the High School and
Tonner Canyon Scenic Highway). (added)
1.4.7 Actively promore plans by the Metropolitan Water District and the City of
Industry's Urban Development Agency to locate a 1200 acre potable water lake
on lower Tres Hemtanos Ranch in Chino Hills and Diamond Bar. (Added)
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (ie., The 142 acre
reclaimed water lake, the University, the High School and Tonner Canyon
Scenic Highway). (Added)
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's
plans. (.aided)
1.4.8 Actively promote plans by the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency
to locate a 142 acre reclaimed water lake on Tres Hemtanos Ranch in
Diamond Bar. (Added)
a. Coordinate these pians kith other plans for this property (i.e., T':c 126+0dim
potable water lake, the University, the High School and Tonner Canyon Scenic
Highway). (Added)
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's
plans. (Added)
C. Promote the inclusion of mixed use zoning(retaillresidentiallco»tntercial) on
property surrounding the lake. (Added)
Objective 1.5 Maintain a feeling of open space within the community by identifying and preserving an
adequate amount of open space. (No changes)
Strategies:
1.5.1 Maintain an inventory of previous dedications, designations or decisions
regarding open space ntade by the County of Los Angeles and the City.
(Second sentence mover( to I.S.l.a.)
1.5.1 a. Require developers of vacant land to provide appropriate title or other ownership
documents to identify any development restrictions on the property. (See abo�•er
b. Development rights on these properties are limited by the covenants recorded
when these tracts were subdivided During that subdivision process, the owners
covenanted (i.e., promised) that, notwithstanding any zones on these properties,
these lands would not be developed or, in sonte specific cases, developed with
only one residential unit. It is the City's policy to not renegotiate these prior
commitments unless, after a separate public hearing, it is so deemed that doing
so would benefit the community. (added)
1.5.2 (No Changes)
1.5.2 a. Investigate the possibility of participation in a Srate-wide park bond issuance
in order to purchase open space not already protected .by open space
restrictions.
b. (ORIGINAL CONCEPT DELETED)
C. (ORIGINAL CONCEPT DELETED)
b. Areas that should be considered for future park facilities include, but are not
limited to, Sandstone Canyon, Upper Sycamore Canyon, and Tonner Canyon.
(Added)
Objective 1.6 Provide flexibility in the planning of new development as a means of encouraging superior
design.
(No Changes)
Strategies:
1.6.1
(No Changes)
1.6.2
(No Changes)
1.6.3
(No Changer)
1.6.4
(No Changes)
1.6.5 -
(No Changes)
1.6.6
(No Changes)
1.6.6
a. (No Changes)
b. (No Changes)
Objective 1.7 Stimulate opportunities for a population which is diverse in terms of age, occupation,
income, race, interests and religion to interact, exchange ideas, establish and realize common
goals. (No Changes)
strategies:
1.7.1
(No Changes)
1.7.2
(No Changes)
1.7.2. a.
(No Changes)
b.
(Na Changes)
1.7.3
(No Changes)
1.7.4
(No Granges)
GOAL 2. Manage land use with respect to the location, density and intensity, and
quality of development in order to maintain consistency with the capabilities
of the City and special districts to provide essential services, and to achieve
sustainable use of environmental and manmade resources. (No Ganges)
Objective 2.1 Require land use patterns and densities within the city and encourage land use patterns and
densiries adjacent to Diamond Bar which are consistent with the Plan for Resource
Management.
Strategies:
2.1.1 (No Changs)
2.1.1 a. (No Changes)
P. (No Changes)
C. The City will actively encourage the development of the Tres Hermanos Water
Resource Project's potable water reservoir in Chino Hills and pursue a project
that will benefu and correspond with the other projects on Tres Hermanos and
Tonner Canyon in Diamond Bar. (Added)
d. As the City pursues possibility of locating a limited enrollment institution of
higher learning (e.g., University of California) in that portion of Tres Hermanos
Ranch in Diamond Bar, it will discuss with the City of Chino Hills the
possibility of that campus extending into a portion of Tres Hermanos Ranch
in Chino Hills. (A,tded) _
e. City will coordinate its efforts to construct Tonner Canyon (Road) Scenic
Highway with the City of Chino Hills, the City of Industry's Urban Development
Agency, the Counties of San Bernardino and Orange, as well as the
Metropolitan Water District. (Added)
f. The City will monitor the progress of development proposals within the City
of Brea's northern sphere of influence and will coordinate the planning for
Diamond Bar's sphere of influence with the City of Brea. (Added)
%I
g. The City will pursue discussions with the City of Industry regarding Industry's
plans for their presently undeveloped property west of the 60157 freeway
interchange, north and south of Grand Avenue. With superior mutually
beneficial planning this site has unique potential for stimulating economic
development throughout the region. Correspondingly, without due diligence in
the planning process, this site's potential of negatively impacting the City of
Diamond Bar's residents' living environment is significant. (added)
2.1.2 (\o Changes)
2.1.3 (No Changes)
Objective 2.2 Maintain an organized pattern of land use which minimizes conflicts between adjacent land
uses. (No Changes)
Strategies:
2.2.1 (No Changes)
2.2.2 (No Changes)
2.2.3 (No Changes)
2.2.4 (No Changes)
Objective 2.3 Ensure that future development occurs only when consistent with the availability and
adequacy of public services and facilities. (No changes)
Strategies:
2.3.1 (No Changes)
2.3.2 (No Changes)
2.3.2 a. Pursue a variety of funding ntechanisnts for new development in addition to
developer fees and construction by developers, including tax increment
(redevelopment) financing (Arced)
GOAL 3 Maintain recognition within Diamond Bar and the surrounding region as
being a community with a well planned and aesthetically pleasing physical
environment. (No ctmnga)
Objective 3.1 Create visual points of reference, both within the community and on its boundaries, as a
means of highlighting community identity. (No chances)
Strategies:
3.1.1 (No Changes)
3.1.2 (No Changes)
3.1.3 (No Changes)
�3
3.1.4 firth the approval of a majority yore of the City's electorate, pursue the
establishment and expansion of landscape maintenance districts as a means
of ensuring the ongoing maintenance of medians and community entry
statements, as well as maintenance of landscaping of hillsides along major
roadways.
3.1.4 a. Ensure that the costs and benefits associated with such maintenance districts
are equitably distributid to the property owners and residents who benefit front
the amenity. (.lddert)
3.1.3 (No Changes)
Objective 3.2 Ensure that new development and modifications to existing development yield a pleasant
living, working or shopping environment as the result of consistent exemplary design.
(Rew anted)
Strategies:
3.2.1
(No Changes)
3.2.2
(No Changes)
3.2.3
(No Changes)
3.2.4
(No Changes)
3.2.4 a.
(No Changer)
b.
(No Changes)
C.
(No Chaeges)
d.
(No Changes)
3.2.5
(No Changes)
3.2.6
(No Changes)
3.2.7
(No Changes)
3.2.S
(No Changes)
3.2.9
(No Changes)
Objective 3.3 Protect the visual quality and character of remaining natural areas and ensure that hillside
development does not create unsafe conditions. (Reworded)
Strategies:
3.3.1
(No Changes)
33.2
(No Owiver)
3.3.3
(No CUM-)
33.4
(No CUM-)
3.3.5 -
(IV* e70ngsr)
3.3.5 a.
(Ne Changes)
b.
(No Changes)
9
GOAL 4. Encourage long-term and regional perspectives in local land use decisions.
but not at the expense of the quality of life for Diamond Bar residents.
(No Changes)
Objective 4.1 Promote and cooperate with efforts to provide reasonable regional land use and
transportation planning programs. (No chances)
Strategies:
4.1.1 (No Changes)
4.1.2 (:Yu Changes)
4. L3 (No Changes)
Objective 4.2 Maintain City boundaries which are reasonable in terms of existing service capabilities, social
and economic inter -dependencies, citizen desires, and City costs and revenues. (No changes)
Strategies:
4.2.1 (No Changes, but this really is saying the same thing as 4.2.2)
4.2.2 Seek annexation of unincorporated areas west of the City, including expansion
of the adopted Sphere of Influence, where the following findings can be
made:
4.2.2 a. (No Changes)
b. (No Changes)
C. (No Changes)
d. (No Changes)
(4.2.3 Pursue discussions with the City of Industry regarding annexing their Urban
Development Agency -owned acreage (Tres Hernianos Ranch) in Chino Hills.
(A(hleeo
ADDITIONALLY,— THESE ADDITIONS TO THE PLAN FOR L41VD USE ARE
REQUESTED:
Insert on Page 1-4 Land Use Mi., b. Economics:
Inasmuch as Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing Universitv of California
campuses in the Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermanos Ranch) to house such a campus, a long term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Although
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build new
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
10
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, many of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionally, the mixed use center proposal alone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise.
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
Hills, the potential impact this project would have on the City in terms of economic development and new
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
City's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
PLAN FOR HOUSING:
Page H-12, Section D.L (fast paragraph currently reads:)
The reason for a lack of detail in the Diamond Bar land use inventory is that most of the large
vacant properties remaining in the City are hilly with little infrastructure in place or immediately adjacent.
The largest vacant parcel, called "Tres Hermanos", is designated as a "Specific Plan" because there are no
firm development or improvement plans at present. It is intended that specific housing projects within Tres
Hermanos could be built at densities higher than 16 units per acre, at densities that would provide housing
for all income segments of identified need.
Revised to read:
The reason for a lack of detail in the Diamond Bar land use inventory is that most of the large vacant
properties rentaining in the City are hilly with little infrastructure in place or immediately adjacent. The largest
vacant parcel, called "Tres Hermanos", is designated as a "Specific Pian" because there are no approved
development or improvement plans at present. It is intended that specific housing projects within Tres Hermanos
be built in conjunction with this plan's stated desire to bring a new limited enrollment institution of higher
learning (e.g., University of California) campus and its associated mixed use area surrounding the 142 acre
reclainted water lake to this property. As such, housing projects within Tres Hermanos could be built at densities
higher than 16 units per acre and at densities that would provide housing for all income see tents of identified
need
Page II -15, Section D.2.c. (last paragraph currently reads:)
It is much more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable
housing built in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Hermanos Ranch, where there is sufficient land of
modest topography to make the construction of affordable housing, both single family and detached units.
The City of Diamond Bar believes that the combination of density bonuses and a City housing in lieu fund,
along with use of State and federal programs will be sufficient to meet its proportionate share of low and
moderate income housing needs.
Revised to read.-
It
ead:
It is nutch more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable housing
to be built in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Herntanos Ranch in conjunction with this plan's stated
-- desire to bring a new limited enrollntent-institution of higher-4earrtin 4e.g.;-Univeersiiy-of-Califernia) campets-and - -
its associated mixed use area surrounding the 142 acre reclaimed water lake to this property. The City of
Diamond Bar believes that the combination of density bonuses and a City housing in lieu fund, along with use
of State and federal progrants will be sufficient to greet its proportionate share of low and moderate income
housing needs.
r- �
4
PLAN FOR HOUSING: (Coitluuled)
ADDITIONALLY, THIS ADDITION TO THE PLAN FOR HOUSING IS REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.1.12 (new)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) and the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency's plan to locate a
1.12 acre reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, the High School and all major highways).
C. Promote the inclusion of mixed use zoning (retail residential/commercial) on
property surrounding the lake in order to promote economic development of the City while helping the City
meet its existing housing needs as well as those associated with the new institution of higher learning.
PLAN FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Insert on Page III -7, 3. Parks & Recreation:
Inasmuch as Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing University of California
campuses in the Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermanos Ranch) to house such a campus, a long term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Although
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build new
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, manv of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionally, the mixed use center proposal alone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise and could well provide the resources necessary to improve parks &
recreation facilities throughout the City.
Insert on Page III -7, 3. Water:
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
Hills, the potential impact this project would have on the City in terms of economic development and new
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
City's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
ADDITIONALLY, THESE ADDITIONS TO THE PLAN FOR RESOURCE
j1 L4NAGEMENT ARE REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.3.9. (nets)
Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to construct a high school
in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermanos Ranch.
a. As part of the high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer stadium,
gymnasium, etc.).
on
PLAN, FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Continued)
Strategy 1.3.10: (new)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) on Tres Hermans Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. As part of the school development, pursue development of major joint use meeting
& recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball Fields, tennis courts, football/soccer
stadium, gymnasium, etc.).
b. ' oordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, the :.2 acre reclaimed water lake, the High School and all major highways).
Strategy 1.3.11. (new)
Actively promote plans by the Metropolitan Water District and the City of Industry's Urban
Development Agency to locate a 1200 acre potable water lake on lower Tres Hermanos Ranch in Chino
Hills and Diamond Bar.
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 142 acre
reclaimed water lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
Strategy 1.3.12: (new)
Actively promote plans by the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency to locate a 142 acre
reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. Coordinate these plans with other plaits for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
PLAN FOR PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES:
Insert on Page 117-3:
Inasmuch as Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing University of California
campuses in the Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermanos Ranch) to house such a campus, a long term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Although
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build new
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, many of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionally, the mixed use center proposal alone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise.
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
H'itls, the po[entTaT [mpact this project would have on the City in terms of economic development and new
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
City's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in .the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
ADDITIONALLY, THESE ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS TO THE PLAN FOR PUBLIC
SERVICES AND FACILITIES ARE REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.1.5.a: (revised)
1. Actively promote plans by the Metropolitan Water District and the City of Industry's Urban
Development Agency to locate a 1200 acre potable water lake on lower Tres Hermanos Ranch in Chino
Hills and Diamond Bar.
2. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 142 acre reclaimed water
lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
3. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
9
PLAN FOR PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES: (Continued)
Strategy 1.1.5.b: (new)
1. Actively promote plans by the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency to locate a 142
acre reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
2. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre potable water
lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
3. Promote the inclusion of public, recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
4. Promote the inclusion of mixed use zoning (retail/residential/commercial) on property
surrounding the lake.
Strategy 1.3.1: (revised)
Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to construct a high school
in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermanos Ranch.
a. As part of the high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer stadium,
gymnasium, etc.).
Strategy 1.4.2: (revised)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. As part of the school development, pursue development of major joint use meeting
3c recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer
stadium, gymnasium, etc.).
b. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
- - potable water lake, -the 142 -acre reclaimed water lake, the--Higbv&hool and -all. major- highways-
DONALD E. URY
1615 Bears Den Road
Diamond Sar, CA 91765
Phone ! Phone Fax 714) 561-4344
May 24, 1993
COUNCIL MEMBERS
City of Diamond Bar
21660 East Copley Drive, Suite 190
Diamond Bar, CA 91765 `
RE: DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
CIRCULATION
Dear COUNCIL MEMBERS:
Past experience has shown that Southern California
cannot expect a decrease in traffic in the coming
years, therefore measures should be taken to reduce
the impact of traffic on Diamond Bar.
Such measures should be directed toward permitting
traffic to flow as quickly as possible through Diamond
Bar, thereby reducing its effect on Diamond Bar and its
residents. One measure is to provide attractive
alternate routes for commuters to use in lieu of the
streets of Diamond Bar.
THEREFORE, I recommend that the Council Members
seriously consider the following in the Circulation
element of the Diamond Bar General Plan:
A. Encourage and pursue the planning and
construction of a road through Tonner Canyon
from the Orange Freeway (Route 57), in Orange
County, northerly to a connection with the
Pomona Freeway (Route 60); and
B. Pursuit of the development and construction
of the Orange Freeway and the Pomona Freeway
interchange in Diamond Bar; and
C. Pursue the development and construction of
HOV Lanes from the Orange County to and
through Diamond Bar. Also pursue the
development and construction of HOV lanes on
the Pomona Freeway; and
COUNCIL MEMBERS
City of Diamond Bar
May 24, 1993
Page 2
0. Pursuit of the development and construction
of an additional lane(s) on the Pomona
Freeway going east from Diamond Bar; and
E. Pursuit of the synchronization of signals on
Grand Avenue through Diamond Bar and through
its adjacent communities; and
F. Complete the design and construction of
improvements at the intersection of Diamond
Bar Boulevard and Grand Avenue; and
G. Pursuit of other traffic measures that
enhance the circulation and movement of
transient traffic on, over and across the
MAJOR STREETS of Diamond Bar.
Very truly yours,
Donald E. Ury
Resident and
Traffic and Transportation Commissioner
00101.COR
City of Diamond Bar
General Plan Revision
Preliminary Summary of Round III Community Workshop
Results
A summary of comments received during Community Workshops - Round III held
May 12, 1993 as part of the City of Diamond Bar's General Plan Revision process.
Prepared by
Moore lacofano Goltsman, Inc.
Berkeley/Los Angeles, CA
and
Cotton Boland Associates
Pasadena, CA
June 1993
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision June 7, 1993
Preliminary Summary of Community Workshops - Ill Page 2
11. PRELIMINARY SUMMARY OF COMMUNITY WORKSHOP
COMMENTS FROM WEDNESDAY, MAY 12, 1993
1. Introduction Section of the General Plan
• Re -think the language in this section - it appears a bit defensive and doesn't
have to be.
• Add "community workshop" to the original paragraph for this section.
• Consider using the document prepared by the GPAC - most of the community
disregarded the July 1992 General Plan document.
• Note that most of the community did not disregard the July 1992 General Plan -
do not start from the scratch.
• Review the General Plan "line by line."
• Note: all Diamond Bar residents should be sure to turn in their comments
immediately so they can be incorporated into the General Plan Revision process.
• Rephrase the Introduction section to reflect specific language suggested by
workshop participants (Martha,Tom).
2. Major Issues Section of the General Plan, Page 4
• Delete references to oil production; add the fact that cattle grazing is an
additional use or activity.
• Provide more information which describes the boundaries of Tonner Canyon.
• Be sure to include language in the Plan which addresses ecologically and
environmentally sensitive issues - do not allow development in Tonner Canyon.
• Determine whether or not the oil production activities are within the city's sphere
of influence. City staff responded that they are not within the City's sphere.
• Identify the studies which conclude that the Tonner Canyon Roadway should be
built.
• Be sure to involve representatives from other agencies, surrounding cities to
participate in the General Plan Revision process.
• Be sure to include the "SEA -15" designation for Tonner Canyon.
• Recognize that the Tonner Canyon Roadway is a fix to a regional transportation
problem which Diamond Bar cannot fix by itself.
3. Revisions to Land Use (Page 1-6)
• Determine whether or not the deed restriction research (mentioned numerous
times by workshop participants) needs to take place before the General Plan is
approved.
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
P fiMklary Summary of Community Workshops - !11
June 7, 1993
Page 4
• Clarify whether or nor the City is applying the Tonner Canyon agricultural
designation to Tres Hermanos.
7. Revison to Land Use, Page 1-13, Strategy 1.3.7 (Retail Development/Commer-
cial Uses)
• Explain if the potential revision language included in this section means that the
City should build a mall.
• Be sure to encourage the use of existing facilities first before building new ones
- there are too many vacant retail spaces now.
• Identify ways that the City can determine if new commercial is needed.
• Consider developing some type of strategic plan for business retention and
development in Diamond Bar.
Traffic Solutions - Regional Transportation Linkage Options
• Note that a more proactive approach is needed to address regional
transportation problems - regional agencies should join together to work on
problems such as the Tonner Canyon Roadway.
• Allow for a more open process - residents should be viewed as a valuable
resource and consulted more often.
• Be sure to add the statement: "...and participation by Diamond Bar residents"
to proposed revision language in this section.
• Consider adding the Tonner Canyon Roadway to the map and add a definition
of "environmentally sensitive."
• Be sure to review the transportation/circulation information with the
Transportation and Open Space Commission.
• Refer back to the "SEA" definition provided by the State.
• Consider developing performance standards which guide and limit sensitive
issues such as drainage and grading.
• Encourage better coordination between the Tres Hermanos project and Tonner
Canyon Roadway.
• Be sure to strike a balance between the welfare of Grand Avenue residents
(traffic problems negatively impact their quality of life.) and protection of the
Tonner Canyon ecosystem.
• Re -think the use of trip ceilings - they may be too restrictive.
0b-tw&3-*—.dW*m-9um.sty (8.993)
IAAW.�
Ca'�I�l.rUi'f
M0.y t2., t9 '�
11 ' tREltttfl
1
.• 11/ .. Jay
a
=491,143
Lt4ns) I
bib bpi
0
slow O:hw,
221k ...
SPAM=.W,,
CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA
Mayor — Gary G. Miller
Mayor Pro Tem — Phyllis E. Papen
Counaknan — John A. Forbing
Counciknan — Gary H. Werner
Counciknan— Dexter D. MacBride
City Council Chambers
are located at:
South CaastAir 0-W11y Managenwt as&&Audb7L#n
21865 East Copley aim
MEETING DATE: JUNE 16, 1993 Terrence L Belanger
General Plan Public City Manager
Hearing
Andrew V. Arczy iski
City Attorney
MEETING TIME: 7:00 p.m. Lynda Burgess
City Clerk
Copies of staff reports or other written documentation relating to, each; ifsar rshrred tv'on This agenda
are on file in the Office of the City Clerk and are available for public questions
regarding an agenda item, plea=s contact the City Clerk at (909) M:-2400'ittuft.business hours
The City of Diamond Sar uses RECYCLED paper and encourages you to db iris same.
THIS '1,'MZTj S BEING, VE BY JONES INTERCABLE
FO& -AIRS CHANNEL -,12 INING IN THE ROOM,. -
YOU AR S. YOUR, PE S tELEVISED.. - , - �•
1. CALL TO ORDER: 7:00 p.m.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: MAYOR MILLER
ROLL CALL: Councilmen MacBride, Forbing,
Werner, Mayor Pro Tem Papen, Mayor Miller
2. PUBLIC HEARING:
2.1 ADOPTION OF GENERAL PLAN: The General Plan is a
statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to
guide the long-range physical development of the City. The
Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form
and character of the City over the next twenty years. It is
the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure
a balanced, comfortable environment in which to live and work.
It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City.
In March of 1993 the City Council authorized.the retention of
a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan.
Five community workshops have been conducted with residents to
identify key planning issues and discuss potential General
Plan policy options. The results have been summarized and
forwarded to the Council for consideration. On May 19, 1993,
the Council began the public hearing process to adopt the
General Plan. The public discussion was continued from May
26, 1993, in order to receive additional public input on the
entire draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and study
suggested revisions to the Circulation Element.
Recosssended Action: It is recommended that the City Council
open th* Public Hearing, receive presentation from the General
Plan consultant team, receive public testimony and forward
com nts to City staff.
3. ANNOUNCE NTS:
4. ADJOURNMENT:
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT AGENDA NO.
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: June 16, 1993 REPORT DATE: June 11, 1993
FROM: James DeStefano, Community Development Director
TITLE: Adoption of the 1993 General Plan
SUMMARY: The General Plan is a statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to guide the long range
physical development of the City. The Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form and character
of the City over the next twenty years. It is the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure a balanced,
comfortable environment in which to live and work. It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City. In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the
retention of a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan. Five community workshops have been
conducted with residents to identify key planning issues and discuss potential General Plan policy options. The
results have been summarized and forwarded to the Council for consideration. Four public hearings have been
conducted to consider specific revisions to the Draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and to receive additional
public input on the entire Draft General Plan.
The purpose of the June 16, 1993, public hearing is to present the 1993 General Plan. The Plan represents a
simulation of all comments received and changes, where appropriate, to the text of the previous Draft document.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council open the public hearing; receive a presentation
from the General Plan consultant team, receive public testimony, forward comments to City Staff, and continue the
public hearing to July 6, 1993.
ATTACHMENTS: Staff Report
Other
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION: Library
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed _ Yes X No
by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote? MAJORITY
3. Has environmental impact been assessed? _ Yes X No
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission? _ Yes X No
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report? X Yes _ No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
~U
Terrence L. Belang es DeStefano
City Manager Community Development Director
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: June 16, 1993
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
SUBJECT: Adoption of the General Plan
ISSUE STATEMENT: The General Plan is a statement of goals, policies and
implementing programs to guide the long range physical development of the
City. The Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form and
character of the City over the next twenty years. It is the most significant
tool utilized by the community to ensure a balanced, comfortable environment
in which to live and work. It represents the community's view of its future
and serves as the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City.
In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the retention of a consultant
team to further develop the Draft General Plan. Five community workshops
have been conducted with residents to identify key planning issues and
discuss potential General Plan policy options. The results have been
summarized and forwarded to the Council for consideration. Four public
hearings have been conducted to consider specific revisions to the Draft
General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and to receive additional public input on
the entire Draft General Plan.
The purpose of the June 16, 1993, public hearing is to present the 1993
General Plan. The Plan represents a summation of all comments received and
changes, where appropriate, to the text of the previous Draft document.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council open the public
hearing,. receive a presentation from the General Plan consultant team,
receive public testimony, forward comments to City Staff, and continue the
public hearing to July 6, 1993.
BACKGROUND:
On May 19, 1993, City Council began the public hearing adoption process for
the General Plan. The Council received testimony on proposed revisions
related to land use and open space policy. The public hearing was continued
to May 26th in order to further discuss the Land Use Element, Open Space
related policy and present the Circulation Element. The May 26, 1993,
continued public hearing accommodated further public testimony and Council
discussion. The hearing was continued to June 2, 1993, for a review of the
Circulation Element. The June 9, 1993, public hearing provided an additional
opportunity for public review and comment on the entire General Plan.
The Council has utilized the extensively noticed public workshops and public
hearing process to develop General Plan issues, options, and review specific
policy recommendations. The Draft General Plan document, dated July 14,
1992, has served as the basis for discussion.
The Council has reviewed workshop summary comments, individual written
submittals and received public hearing participation in the revision of the
Draft Plan. Throughout the course of the public hearings the council has
received, recorded and directed the City Staff to consider a variety of
comments related to landuse, housing, open space, conservation, circulation,
noise and safety policy. Suggested text and mapping revisions as a result of
the public comments, will be presented at the June 16, 1993, council public
hearing.
DISCUSSION: The 1993 Draft General Plan incorporates the seven state
mandated elements into six major sections. The 1993 Draft General Plan
utilized as its foundation the previous Draft Plan dated July 14, 1992.
Changes from the 1992 plan are identified by showing deletions in strikeeat
and additions shown in
..............................
The Plan begins with a statement of vision. The vision statement
incorporates major components including retention of existing natural open
space, mitigation of regional traffic impacts on local streets, and promotion
of viable commercial activity. The discussion on the community participation
process recognizes the qualification of the August, 1992, referendum
petition, the decision to rescind the General Plan in March of 1993, and the
initiation of a broad based community participation program utilized to
formulate the 1993 Draft General Plan.
Several changes are identified within the Draft General Plan responding.to
statements within the referendum petition, community workshop, and public
hearing comments related to the amount and type of future residential
development, open space preservation, traffic congestion on local roadways,
and the Tonner Canyon transportation corridor. The 1993 Draft General Plan
outlines specific changes made which reduce overall residential development
density significantly by lowering the majority of the community's residential
land use classifications from a theoretical 6 dwelling units per acre to
reflect the current development pattern of approximately 3 dwelling units per
acre.
The.Tres Hermanos area land use designation has been changed to reflect the
current considerations for the property which include a specific location for
the Diamond Ranch High School and recognition of the existing agricultural
land usage.
Expansion of previous "open land" language for clarification and specificity,
has emphasized the need for confirmation of previous deed restrictions and
has provided a new open space definition and preservation program, and
further recognition of the Significant Ecological Area located within the
central portion of the sphere of influence.
2
PUBLIC HEARING NOTIFICATION:
Public hearing notices were previously.publ4hed within the San Gabriel
Valley Tribune and Inland Valley Daily Bulletin ordance with State Law.
In addition, public notices were publishgd--wiT Diamond Bar and Walnut
Highlander, and The Windmill. Notice of the. arings have been mailed
a�
to several hundred names on our Gen�i Plan mailing list. Posters
announcing the General Plan workshop and' public hearing process have been
circulated within the community. All General Plan documents have been
available for review at City Hall and the County Library.
PREPARED BY:
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
attachments: 1. Draft General Plan dated 6/16/93
2. Correspondence received from Ingeborg Allen dated
3
Wilbur Smith dated
Wilbur Smith dated
Tom Van Winkle dated
Don Ury dated May 24, 1993
comments, dated June, 1993
May 23, 1993.
3.
Correspondence
received
from
June 2, 1993
4.
Correspondence
received
from
June 9, 1993
5.
Correspondence
received
from
June 7, 1993
6.
Correspondence
received
from
7.
Summary of Round III Workshop
3
Wilbur Smith dated
Wilbur Smith dated
Tom Van Winkle dated
Don Ury dated May 24, 1993
comments, dated June, 1993
M,.
I ngeborg Allen
1234 D S. Diamond Bar Blvd.
Diamond Bar, CA 91765
May 23, 1993
City of Diamond Bar City Hall
Community Development Dept.
21660 E. Copley Drive
Diamond Bar. CA 91765
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
�J
I will not be able to attend the upcoming hearing regarding the General Plan: specifically, the
session regarding the traffic circulation but wanted to give you my suggestions.
Since moving to Diamond Bar in 1990, just before Grand Avenue was opened to Chino Hips. I
have noticed a marked increase in rush-hour traffic on Diamond Bar Blvd. and Grand Avenue.
mostly for vehicles going to Chino Hills and Chino. Recently, I had the need to drive to Chino
in the evening and of all the vehicles ( approx. 20) that I followed on Grand Avenue. I only
saw 3 vehicles actually turning off into the residential areas of Diamond Bar. The rest of them
went on to Chino Hills and Chino.
Every evening we have traffic backing up on Diamond Bar Blvd. and Grand Avenue for the
people living in these communities because they avoid the freeway and try to save time by
driving through Diamond Bar. So far I have seen the right -turn lane on Grand Avenue, and the
bicycle lane on Diamond Bar Blvd taken away to make way for this traffic. This severely
impacts Diamond Bar residents and has added as much as 5 minutes to just get from
Montefino Avenue using Grand Avenue to my house at the corner of Diamond Bar Blvd. &
Grand Avenue. Many residents are looking for shcrt-cuts through city streets to avoid the
areas congested by traffic going through this area to other nearby cities. What other
inconveniences and added pollution do Diamond Bar residents have to endure to
accommodate this through -traffic?
Your previous General Plan noted that the traffic flow through the Diamond Bar Blvd. and
Grand Ave. intersection is 60;000 vehicles. Diamond Bar has only approx. 54.000 residents.
Even if all these residents w -ere licensed drivers and ha,c a car (which is impossible, since
many of them are children), there vrould oniy be 54,000 vehicles in town, and !t is even more
impossible to think that all these vehicles would be crossing this particular Intersection on a
daily basis. The added traffic therefore has to come from somewhere else. I think the cars are
for residents from Pomona and Chino Hills and Chino.
Traffic on Diamond Bar Blvd. with people turning onto Grand Avenue is so bad that cars
coming from Quail Summit cannot turn onto Diamond Bar Blvd. It can take upwards of an
additional 2 - 5 minutes every evening to get from Quail Summit to my Condominium complex.
The local access, right turn only on Diamond Bar Blvd. to turn onto Quail Summit is frequently
ignored by drivers, making the intersection very hazardous. The "Keep Clear' areas at the
Allegro Condominium driveways are also frequently ignored, and often as you try to turn into
that area, the drivers, not wanting to lose their spot, cut you off. I don't think the Walnut Valley
Sheriffs Station has the manpower to post someone at these areas on a nightly basis to
reduce this problem.
My suggestion to curb this problem is to NOT make it easier for all these vehicles to use
Diamond Bar as a cutoff from the freeway by improving traffic flow for them, but to make it
more difficuit..Adding traffic lights, or changing the timing of the lights does not discourage
these people but only severely mconven ence local residents. This has already happened on
Rolling Knoll. where residents cannot make a richt turn onto Grand Avenue during rush hour ;f
they should have a need to go to Chino Hills or anywhere on South Grand Avenue. These
residents now have to struggle to get onto Diamond Bar Blvd. at Quail Summit and then sit in
the traffic going to Chino just to go up Grand Avenue or to Chino Hills. My suggestion is to
restore the parking on Diamond Bar Blvd. from Quail Summit to Grand Avenue, making the
area local access only, and create a "Right Turn Only" lane starting at the shopping center at
Vineyard Bank. This would give local people access to their homes and make it much less
desirable to use this area as a short-cut, because it would take much longer to get into the
right -turn lane and increase the time it takes for them to drive home, hopefully making the
freeway a better alternative.
Having all this traffic come through Diamond Bar also does not add money to the local
businesses, because judging from the cars I followed, they, like most other people, do their
shopping close to home, which in this case is in Chino or Chino Hills.
I feel, if the traffic congestion is not eased in this area, it will affect the property values
adversely, ;f it has not already, reducing income for the city, which ;n this economy is
becoming even more critical. In talking with long-term residents, I have been told that the
quality of life in this city has deteriorated since the opening of Grand Avenue and the added
traffic that came with it.
Had I known how much increase in traffic there was going to be by opening Grand Avenue to
Chino Hills, I would not have purchased my property and I am sure many other people
thinking about residing here will have the same thoughts, especially between 6:45 - 7:00 AM
and 3:30 and 6:15 PM on weekdays.
I realize that this should not be news to you but I .just wanted to express the feelings of one of
you residents.
Sincerely.
FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS WITH THE DIAMOND GENERAL PLAN
2 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
1. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THAT THE "TRAFFIC PROBLEMS" ARE CAUSED BY:
A.INCAPACITY OF THE 60 FREEWAY TO SERVE AS A MAJOR ARTERY
INTO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
B. CONVERGENCE OF THE 57 AND 60 FREEWAYS INTO ONE
C.THE PROBLEM ISREAGIONAL AND CANNOT BE SOLVED BY
DIAMOND BAR ALONE
D. RESPONDING TO "SPECIAL INTEREST" WHO CAN PROFIT BY
DEVELOPEMENT OF TONNER CANYON AND ARE OVER STATING
THE TRAFFIC PROBLEMS TO GAIN PUBLIC SUPPORT FOR A ROAD.
2. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THAT THE QUALITY OF LIFE IN THIS
AREA IS DUE PRIMARILY TO THE HILLS AND CANYONS (TONNE
ETC,) WHICH CAUSED THE LOW DENSITY HOUSING PATTERNS
3. THE PLANT AND ANIMAL LIFE AND SENSE OF OPENNESS ARE
ALSO KEY FACTORS TO THIS PLEASENT,RELAXED LIFESTYLE
WHICH ARE A DIRECT RESULT OF THESE HILLS AND CANYONS
4. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THE GEOLOGICAL AND ENVIROMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS OF TONNER CANYON
A. NO STATEMENT IN THE GENERAL PLAN THAT TONNER
l
CANYON IS WHIN S.E.A. 15 AND IS THEREBY
PROTECTED BY COUNTY AND STATE LAW AND THAT
DIAMOND BAR WILL ACT WITHIN THE LETTER AND SPIRIT
OF THESE LAWS
B. FAILURE TO RECONGIZE THESE FACTORS HAS PRODUCED
THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
* $125,000,000.00 LAW SUIT OF THE JCC PROPERTIES
* THE REFERENDUM AND THE RESULTING LOSS
OF THE CASE IN COURT
* THE LEGAL FEES FOR BOTH PARTIES
* CONTINUINING COURT ACTION FOR NOT ACTING
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COURTS VERDICT
* INABILITY TO COMPLETE A GENERAL PLAN WITHIN
47 MONTHS (30 MONTHS WERE ALLOWED)
* INABILITY TO GRANT NECESSARY BUILDING PERMITS
5. THIS GENERAL PLAN IS SIMPLY A RESTATEMENT OF AN
E.I.R WRITTEN BY A DEVELOPER FOR PERSONAL GAIN
COMMENTS ON DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
9 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
COMMENTS ON
DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
9 JUNE 1993
WILBUR G. SMITH
OPEN SPACES
12. RECOMMEND NO TONNER CANYON ROAD FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:
a) NOT CONSISTENT WITH COUNTY / STATE LAWS REGARDING S.E.A. 15.
b) CANNOT BE IMPLEMENTED BY DIAMOND BAR.
c) THE ROAD IDEA WAS BASED UPON A REPORT (PARSONS, BRINCKERHOFF) FUNDED BY
ORANGE AND SAN BERNARDINO COUNTIES. THIS REPORT SOUGHT A SOLUTION TO
THEIR TRAFFIC PROBLEMS RATHER THAN DIAMOND BARS IT DOES NOT ADDRESS THE
MAJOR PROBLEM WHICH IS THE 57/60 INTERCHANGE.
d) THIS REPORT SHOWS THAT THE TONER CANYON OPTION WAS NOT EFFECTIVE IN
SOLVING THE TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AND ALSO COULD NOT GENERATE REVENUE TO
PAY FOR ITSELF. DIAMOND BAR CITIZENS MAY HAVE TO MAKE UP THE SHORT FALL.
HOUSING
11. THE REPORT SHOULD GIVE SOME GUIDELINES FOR HOUSING DEVELOPMENT TO MAINTAIN
LOW DENSITY SUCH AS:
8) MINIMUM PAD/LOT SIZES OF 5,000 / 8,000 SO. FT.
b) MINIMUM SET BACKS FROM PROPERTY LINES:
25 FEET IN FRONT
.10 FEET ON SIDES
c) MINIMUM HOUSE SIZES:
SINGLE FAMILY 2,300 SO. FT.
CONDOJTOWNHOUSE 1,800 SO. FT.
APARTMENTS 1,300 SO. FT.
d) RATIO OF APARTMENTS TO SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE NO GREATER THAN 0.10.
e) RATIO OF CONDO/TOWNHOUSES TO SINGLE FAMILY NO GREATER THAN 0.15.
Q RURAL RESIDENTIAL (HILLSIDE) DENSITIES SHOULD BE ONE UNIT PER 2.5 ACRES.
g) ALL NEW HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS GREATER THAN 25 UNITS SHALL HAVE A COMMON
PLAY GROUND AREA OF A SPECIFIED SIZE.
h) ALL NEW HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS LESS THAN 25 UNITS SHALL DONATE FUNDS FOR
IMPROVEMENTS TO THE NEAREST CITY PARK.
i) ALL SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES SHOULD HAVE THREE OR MORE GARAGES.
I) ALL CONDO/TOWNHOUSES/APARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE TWO OR MORE OFF-STREET
PARKING AREAS.
CIRCULATION
7. DEVELOP A STRATEGY TO OBTAIN COUNTY, STATE, AND FEDERAL FUNDING FOR MAJOR
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE 57/60 INTERCHANGE BY COORDINATION WITH SURROUNDING CITIES
ALONG THESE ROADS.
S. BASE PREDICTIONS (YEAR 2010) OF DIAMOND BAR TRAFFIC ON THESE IMPROVEMENTS
RATHER THAN TONNER CANYON ROADS.
9. COMPARE TRAFFIC CONDITIONS IN DIAMOND BAR WITH SURROUNDING CITIES.
10. REVISE THIS ELEMENT TO INCLUDE:
a) SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC BY MEANS DEFINED IN
ENVIRONMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT (PAGES II -T-35).
b) DELETE ALL REFERENCE TO A TONNER CANYON ROADWAY.
c) USE TIME (TO GO FROM POINT A TO B, STOP AT INTERSECTIONS) AS A CRITERIA FOR
EVALUATING TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. PEOPLES LIVES ARE AFFECTED BY TIME NOT
VOLUME OF TRAFFIC.
d) DEFINE PROBABILITIES FOR THE TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS IN YEAR 2010. ALL PLANNING
SHOULD BE BASED ON BOTH THE PROJECTIONS AND CORRESPONDING
PROBABILITIES.
PROCEDURES
1. ALLOW SIX WEEKS FOR PUBLIC REVIEW OF ALL ELEMENTS OF THE GENERAL PLAN (E.I.R.,
MASTER ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT) AFTER THE FINAL VERSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE
AVAILABLE AND BEFORE A COUNCIL VOTE ON ADOPTION.
2. STATE HOW THIS PROCESS OF DEVELOPING THE GENERAL PLAN IS CONSISTENT WITH THE
SUPERIOR COURTS DECISION REGARDING THE REFERENDUM.
3. IDENTIFY THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN AND ONE ADOPTED BEFORE
THE REFERENDUM.
4. IDENTIFY AND STATE A REASON FOR ALL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN
AND GPAC(A CITIZEN COMMITTEE) RECOMMENDATIONS.
5. CLEARLY STATE DIAMOND BARS INTENTION TO BE CONSISTENT WITH COUNTY LAW
REGARDING S.E.A. 15.
6. IDENTIFY AND STATE A REASON FOR ALL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THIS GENERAL PLAN
AND THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT.
a
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor is a transportation facility that meets the general
prerequisites of being able to allow for movements of people and goods in a safe and efficient
manner. It is further defined by characteristics that causes the facility to have minimal impact to the
environment and adjacent ecosystem. These characteristics should include but not be limited to the
following:
corridor -- a corridor should be defined as a route that encourages movement of people in a
manner that encourages multimodal uses such as buses, trolleys and shuttles; discourages
single occupant vehicle trips. Movement of goods within this corridor should be evaluated
in terms of not detracting from the basic goal of maximizing movement people in high
occupancy vehicles.
topographic -- the corridor should blend with the natural terrain as much as possible to reduce
grading and movement of earth. Curves and contours of the natural terrain should be
reflected in design of the corridor. This goal must necessarily be balanced with providing
safe corridor geometry for the modes of travel that will use it.
hydrology -- positive drainage control will be developed as part of the corridor design to
provide for capture and transmission of runoff from the facility to an appropriate storm
drainage facility. This goal is to control foreign and potentially incompatible fluids and
particles from entering the adjacent ecosystem.
air quality -- street sweeping/cleaning shall be programmed into maintenance operations to
prevent buildup of dirt and dust on the corridor travel surface. This goal will serve to reduce
the amount of airborne particulates which could otherwise enter the adjacent ecosystem.
noise -- to the extent possible, modes of travel should be encouraged which have reduced
sound characteristics. In addition, natural barriers to sound created by the corridor should
be developed and implemented to reduce sound intrusion into the adjacent ecosystem.
biological habitat -- replant and maintain natural plant species to the extent possible along
the corridor where grading has altered the natural landscape. Similarly, provide frequent
DRAFT
6-Z-93
Page 6 under 2.1.1 c,d,e,f & g.
Tres Hermans reservoir, higher educational facilities, Tonner
Canyon Roadway etc. in respect to pursuing correlation with Brea,
Chino Hills, Chino and the City of Industry need to be defined and
a determination made and stated in our General Plan for the benefit
of Diamond Bar.
Page 7 under 2..3.2 a.
Regarding funding mechanisms, developer fees and redevelopment
financing need additional discussion to form a firm decision and
statement.
Page 9 4.2.2
The topic of annexation of unincorporated areas west of Diamond Bar
to strengthen our tax base and broaden our potential for industrial
development is worthy of constructive discussion and consideration
for our General Plan.
Page 9 4.2.3
The topic of annexation of the City of Industry Urban Development
Agency, who owns acreage (Tres Hermanos), to promote further
opportunities to increase tax base needs, A complete discussion is
worthy of evaluation.
These few items including Gary Neely's report are especially useful
for our City to balance our Open Space Policy and City revenue
requirements as well as possible traffic solutions.
A line by line interpretation of the General Plan changes will be
submitted as soon as we receive your line by line strike out
version. We request ample time to study yours and submit ours for
discussion before the General Plan is approved.
Tom Van Winkle
3
GpyL/W"SUE.97
TtcT4'� vAV W I�
General Plan Issues to be discussed. June 7, 1993
The General Plan should reflect the following policies and be
reinforced by appropriate strategies.
LAND USE
1. Every development is required to submit a full Environmental
Impact Report (EIR) is. Commercial, multi -unit, residential
subdivision or rezoning such as: Old Post office site, Yellow
Brick Project, Hospital, JCC Project, residential subdivision...
2. A Negative Declaration will not be acceptable by this City.
3. Recognize and support legal conservancies such as Tonner
Canyon Wilderness Conservancy, assist and actively pursue monies
from State, Federal and local agencies to buy, preserve and
maintain the canyons and open space lands in and around Diamond
Bar. Protection of trees, vegitation and wildlife in the canyons
and ridge lines should be a priority over development in those
areas. This also includes a mandatory honoring and respect for the
preservation of SEA 15 according to the reasons stipulated in the
establishment of this ecological sensitive area.
4. Enforce and maintain all parcel map and deed restrictions on
all parkland and open space and undeveloped properties that have
been recorded and exist presently or prior to cityhood. All CC&R's
that appear on deeds are to be dealt with separately. If any doubt
in resolving any of the map or deed restrictions or CC&R issues,
they should be discussed before City Council hearings as a separate
issue with a priority of keeping an open space environment. An.
advisory election may be necessary to resolve some issues of great
controversy.
5. A Rural Hillside (RH) designation must be included on the maps
and tables for consistency before the General Plan is approved.
Add into the General Plan the Rural Hillside (RH) category to
reflect 1 DU/2.5 acres in significant ecological areas, heavily.
wooded areas, and parcels with slopes of fifteen percent (15%) or
more. is. Tonner Canyon, Sandstone Canyon, Sycamore and SEA 15.
TRAFFIC
6. Address traffic as a complete issue by incorporating
statements dealing with regional as well as local issues. is. The
effect of the Metrolink at Brea Canyon & Currier Rd. in relation to
the proposed project in Sandstone Canyon. The General Plan must
address other projects outside our City that will affect our City.
7. The General Plan must state our approach to a regional
solution to the 57/60 freeway interchange. In addressing Tonner
Canyon roadway, the General Plan does not have specific terminology
1
to define issues such as what "Environmentally Safe" means. The
report submitted by Mr. Schafer, begins to offer meanings to these
different terms, however more work needs to be given to this topic
to define the issue more completely. See attachment "A".
8. The General Plan does not offer alternative options, goals or
strategies for a solutions to the regional or local traffic
problems, ie. alternate freeway improvements, double decker, rapid
transit, alternate routs for roadways like Soquel Canyon and
coordinating data and information with other Cities.
9. Implement strategies in the General Plan to encourage Mini -
mall and Corporate landlords to keep their building(s) fully
occupied by not allowing these landlords any further development
until their buildings are occupied, and by implementing programs to
assist small business to stay in business. This will increase the
City tax revenue base. Example: Albertson's shopping center,
owned by Arciero and Sons, is virtually empty, but they have plans
to continue developing in Diamond Bar. Why should Arciero & Sons
be permitted to develop in Diamond Bar when they can't maintain
full occupancy with what they have already have developed.
lo. Implement strategies to keep small businesses strong and
assist businesses in survival by modifying the existing Ordinances.
Laws should be made consistent, but not so restrictive to cause
financial hardship on businesses. ie. the sign ordinance, ingress
and egress traffic problems and ample parking facilities. These
issues can be addressed when remodeling or face lifting, etc.
Gary Neely's Issues
11. Gary Neely's report has some important and extremely valid
issues that need to be discussed and evaluated for their merit and
considered as options in the General Plan. We may or may not agree
fully with all issues, however they are substantial enough for
further discussion and consideration.
The following issues from Neeley's report, using the format of his.
report and his page numbers and references are: (see Attachment B)
Page 2 under 1.1.1. f.
Higher learning and recreation uses for our community and lake
facility.
Page 5 under 1.5.1
Development rights and CC&R's etc. should or should not be
maintained are important issues: such as previously recorded
restrictions etc. on maps. This topic should be defined and the
General Plan reflect the City's position.
2
E. LAND USE GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
(Revised)
"IT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR THE CO.WXI UNITY
DEVELOPMENT TO ENSURE THAT THE LAND USES AND DEVELOPME.`'T
DECISIONS OF DIAMOND BAR ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR ITS
RESIDENTS." (No changes)
GOAL 1. Require a mix of land uses which enhance the quality of life of Diamond Bar
residents, consistent with its desire to maintain its quality and distinctiveness
as a planned community. (No Changes,
Objective 1.1 Establish a land use classification system to guidk- the public and private use of land within
the City and its sphere of influence. (No ct+nnses)
Strategies:
1.1.1 Identify residential ]and use categories to provide an appropriate range of housing
types for residential development within the City and its Sphere of Influence.
(No Changes)
a. Designate currently developed hillside residential areas with an average slope
greater than 25 percent as Rural Residential (RR) on the Land Use map.
The maximum gross density of Rural Residential will be 1.0 dwelling unit
per gross acre (1 du/ac).
b. Designate currently undeveloped hillside residential areas with an average slope
greater than 35 percent as Low Rural Residential (LRR) on the Land Use ntop.
The niaxiniuni gross density of Rural Residenrial will be 1.0 dwellin, unit per
25 gross acres (0.4 du/ac). (,Wad)
C. Designate single family detached residential areas with a slope less than 25
L ' percent as Residential (R) on the Land Use ntap. The maximunt density of
Residential areas will be 3.0 dwelling units per gross acre (3 du/ac).
(added to replace RL & RLM designatiahis.)
d. Designate currentty developed townhome, condominium, apartment,
mobilehome and other multiple family residential properties as High Density
Residential (RH) on the Land Use map. The maxintunt gross density of High
Density Residential will be 160 duelling units per gross acre (16 du/ac).
game crossings to permit natural migratory paths to be maintained.
aesthetic -- views from the corridor should reinforce the feeling in the traveler that they are
in an environmentally sensitive area. Similarly, views of the corridor from adjacent properties
should reinforce the feeling that the corridor is a natural part of the landscape.
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor does not presume to specify the type of vehicles
that will utilize the facility. Rather, it should encourage and foster high occupancy, clean operation,
modes that are integrated with the corridor. Planning efforts should look to the future and anticipate
technologies that will emerge and contribute to development of a corridor that meets the growing
travel demands of the region and maintains precious natural resources.
C o m In e n t s
DRAFT 2
6-2-93
Objective 1.3 Designate adequate land for retail and service commercial, professional services and other
employment -generating uses in sufficient quantity to meet the City's needs. (No Change)
Strategies:
1.3.1 (No Changes)
1.3.1 a. (No Changes)
b. (No Changes)
C. In conjttrtction with this plan's stated desire to bring a new limited c VV&7unt
institution of higher learning (e.g., University of California) campus to that
undeveloped area of the City knotivtr as Tres Hermanos Ranch, a combination
ResidentiallRetaillCommmercial land use category of Mixed Use (MIX) will be
available for an as yet undefined area surrounding the associated 142 acre
reclaimed water lake. As such, commercial projects which compliment and
supplement these other planned projects within this area (e.g., Hotel, conference
center, etc.) will be pursued (added)
1.3.2 (No Changes)
1.3.2 a. (No Changes)
1.3.3 (No Changes)
1.3.3 a. (No Changes)
b. Typical uses for the commemiallrerail section of the mixed use center planned
for Tres Hermanos Ranch include general retai4 specialty retail, food and drug
stores, restaurants, financial institutions, lake front recreational or educational
oriented businesses. (added)
1.3.4 (No Changes)
1.3.5 (No Changes)
1.3.5 a. (No Changes)
b. (IVO Changes)
C. (No Changes)
d. (No Changes)
e. Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of h igh e r
learning (e.g., a University of California campus) and its associated mixed
use "City within a City" center on Tres Hermann Rameh in Diamond Far.
(addd)
1.3.6 (No Change)
Objective 1.4 Designate adequate land for educational, cultural, recreational and public service activities
to meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents. (No Changes)
Strategies:
1.4.1 (No Changes)
1.4.2 (No Change)
1.4.3 (No Change)
1.4.4 (No Change)
�k...
2
e. Designate currently undeveloped rownhome, condominium, apartment,
mobilehome and other Multiple fancily residential properties as Medium Density
Residential (RN) on the Land Use ntap. The marintum gross density of
Medium Density Residential will be 120 dwelling units per gross acre
(12 duiae). (.hued)
f. In conjunction with this plan's sated desire to bring a new limited enrollment
institution of higher (earning (c.;; , University of California) campus to char
undeveloped area of the City brown as Tres Herncanos Ranch, designate a
combination Residential/RetailiC'ontncercial land use category of Mixed Use
(MIX) to be available for an as %Ict undefined area surrounding rite associated
142 acre reclainted water lake. As etch, housing projects within this area could
be built at densities higher than 16 units per acre and at densities that would
provide housing for all income segments of identified need (Asw d)
1.1.2
(No Changes)
1.1.2. a.
(No Changes)
b.
(No Changes)
1.1.3
(No Changes)
1.1.4
(No Ownges)
1.1.5
(No Changes)
1.1.6
(NO Changes)
1.1.7
(No Clwages)
1.1.9
(No Changa)
1.1.9
(No Ctwngu)
Objective 1.2 Preserve and maintain the quality of existing residential neighborhoods while offering a
variety of housing opportunities. (No Clwnga)
Strategies:
1.2.1
(No Changes)
1.2.2
(No Changes)
1.2.3
(No Changs)
1.2.4
(Ne Chonga)
1.2.4. a.
(No Changes)
b.
(Ne CIn,")
1.2.5
(NO Changes, but coernes the Vaang)
126 Broaden the range of, and encourage innovation in, housing types when
possible. Require development within residential (1,RR, RR, R, RM, RH d
MIX) areas to provide amenities such as common usable, active open space
and recreational areas.
1.2.7
(No Chang")
1.2.3
(No Clwnga)
1.2.3 a.
(No Chang")
b.
(No CIMMM)
1.2.9
(No Chawg")
Objective 1.5 Maintain a feeling of open space within the community by identifying and preserving an
dequate amount of open space. (No Changes)
Strategies:
1.5.1 Maintain an inventory of previous dedications, designations or decisions
regarding open space nrade by the Counry of Los Angeles and the City.
(Second sentence moved to I.S.I n.)
Require developers of vacant land to provide appropriate title or other ownership
doetuuents to identify any development restrictions on the property. (See abater
b. Development rights on these properties are limited by the covenants recorded
when these tracts were subdivided During that subdivision process, the oivners
covenanted (i.e., promised) that, nonvithstanding any zones on these properties,
these lands would not be developed or, in sonte specific cases, developed with
only one residential unit It is the City's policyto not renegotiate these prior
commitments unless, after a separate public hearing, it is so deemed that doing
so would benefit the contnruniry. (Added)
1.5.2 (No Changes)
1.5.2 a. Investigate the possibility of participation in a State-wide park bond issuance
in order to purchase open space not already protected by open space
restrictions.
b. (ORIGINAL CONCEPT DEL= -D)
C. (ORIGINAL CONCEPT DELETED)
b. Areas that should be considered for funtre park facilities include, but are not
lintited to, Sandstone Canyon, Upper Sycamore Canyon, and Tonner Canyon.
(Added)
Objective 1.6 Provide flexibility in the planning of new development as a means of encouraging superior
design.
(No Changes)
Strategies:
1.6.1
(Nb Changes)
1.6.2
(No Chant=)
1.63
(No Changes)
1.6.4
(No Chong")
1.6.5 -
(No Changes)
1.6.6
(No Changes)
1.6.6
a. (No Ganges)
b. (No Changes)
1.4.5 Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to
construct a high school in rhe City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermanos Ranch.
(Added)
a. As parr of rhe high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis
courts, footballlsoecer stadium, gymnasium, erc.). (added)
1.4.6 Actively promote plans to locate a lintited enrollment instinttion of h i g h e r
learning (e.g, a Universiry of California campus) on Tres Hermanos Ranch
in Diamond Bar. (added)
a. As pan of the school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball
fields, tennis courts, footballlsoccer sradium, gymnasium, etc.). (added)
b. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1300 acre
potable water lake, the 143 acre reclaimed water lake, the High School and
Tanner Canyon Scenic Highway). (added)
1.4.7 Acrively promote plans by the ,kfeiropoli[an Tinter District and the Ciry of
Industry r Urban Development Agency to locate a 1300 acre potable water lake
on lower Tres Hermanos Ranch in Chino Hills and Diamond Bar. (added)
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this properly (Le., The 143 acre
reclaimed water lake, the University, the High School and Tonner Canyon
Scenic Highway). (Added)
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's
Plans. (added)
1.1.3 Actively promote plans by the Ciry of Industry's Urban Development Agency
to locate a 143 acre reclainted water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in
Diamond Bar. (Added)
a. Ccwrdinate these pians n•irii other plans for this property (Le., ,':c 13Gb am
potable water lake, the University, the High School and Tonner Canyon Scenic
Highway). (added)
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's
plans. (Added)
C. Promote the inclusion of mixed rise zoning (retaillresidentiallcotttntercial) on
property surrounding rhe lake. (Added)
g. The City will pursue discussions with the City of Industry regarding Industry's
plans for their presently undeveloped properry west of the 60157 freeway
interchange, north and south of Grand Avenue. With superior mutually
beneficial planning: this site has unique potential for stimulating economic
development throughout t)te region. Correspondingly, without due diligence in
the planning process, this site's potential of negatively impacting the City of
Diamond Bar's residents' living environment is significant. (kl(lcd)
2.1.2 (NO Changes)
2.1.3 (IVO Changes)
Objective 2.2 Maintain an organized pattern of land use which minimizes conflicts between adjacent land
Uses. (No Changes)
Strategies:
2.2.1
(No Changes)
2.2.2
(No Changes)
2.2.3
(No Changes)
2.2.4
(No Changes)
Objective 2.3 Ensure that future development occurs only when consistent with the availability and
adequacy of public services and facilities. (No Cha,Ces)
Strategies:
2.3.1 (No Changes)
2.3.2 (No manges)
2.3.2 a. Pursue a variety of funding mechanisms for new development in addition to
developer fees and construction by developers, including tax increment
(redevelopment) financing. (added)
GOAL 3 Maintain recognition within Diamond Bar and the surrounding region as
being a community with a well planned and aesthetically pleasing physical
environment. (No ctwnges)
Objective 3.1 Create visual points of reference, both within the community and on its boundaries, as a
means of highlighting community identity. (,vo changes)
Strategies:
3.1.1 (No a'anges)
3.1.2 (No Changes)
3.1.3 (No Cluinges)
6
Objective 1.7 Stimulate opportunities for a population which is diverse in terms of age, occupation,
income, race, interests and religion to interact, exchange ideas, establish and realize common
goals. (No Changes)
Strategies:
1.7.1
(No Chances)
1.7.2
(No Clwffres)
1.7.2. a.
(No changes)
b.
(No Changes)
1.7.3
(No Chanfes)
1.7.4
(No Changes)
GOAL 2. Manage land use with respect to the location, density and intensity, and
quality of development in order to maintain consistency with the capabilities
of the City and special districts to provide essential services, and to achieve
sustainable use of environmental and manmade resources. (Na Changa)
Objective 2.1 Require land use patterns and densities within the city and encourage land use patterns and
densities adjacent to Diamond Bar which are consistent with the Plan for Resource
Management.
Strategies:
2.1.1 (No Oianca)
2.1.1 a. (No Chama)
,b. (No Granges)
C. The City will actively encourage the development of the Tres Hernlanos Water
Resource Projects potable water reservoir in Chino Hills and pursue a project
that will benefu and correspond with the other projects on Tres Herntanos and
Tonna Canyon in Diamond Bar. (dd&w)
d As the City pursues possibility of locating a limited enrollment institution of
higher learning (e.g., University of California) in that portion of Tres Hemtanos
Ranch in Diamond Bar, it will discuss with the City of Chino Hills the
possibility of that campus extending into a portion of Tres Hemianos Ranch
in Chino Hills. (d,tdeo -
e. City will coordinate its efforts to construct Tonner Canyon (Road) Scenic
Highway with the City of Chino Hills, the City of Industry's Urban Development
Agency, the Counties of San Bernardino and Orange, as well as the
Metropolitan Water District. (,tided)
f. The City will ntonitor the progress of development proposals within the Ciry
of Brea's northern sphere of utfluence and will coordinate the planning for
Diamond Bar's sphere of influence with the Ciry of Brea. (added)
3.1.4 kith the approval of a majority vote of lire City's electorate, pursue the
establishment and expansion of landscape maintenance districts as a means
of ensuring the ongoing maintenance of medians and community entry
statements, as well as maintenance of landscaping of hillsides along major
roadways.
3.1.1 a. Ensure that rhe costs and benefits associated with such maintenance districts
are equitably distributid to the property owners and residents ivho benefit from
the amenity. (a(ided)
3.1.3 (No Changes)
Objective 3.2 Ensure that new development and modifications to existing development vield a pleasant
living, working or shopping environment as the result of consistent exemplary design.
(Reworded)
Strategies:
3.2.1
(,Vo Changa)
3.2.2
(No Changs)
3.2.3
(No Changes)
3.2.4
(No Changs)
3.2.4 a.
(No Changs)
b.
(No Changs)
C.
(No Changs)
d.
(No Changa)
3.2.5
(No Changs)
3.2.6
(No Changs)
3.2.7
(No Changs)
3.2.5
(No Changes)
3.2.9
(No Charges)
Objective 3.3 Protect the visual quality and character of remaining natural areas and ensure that hillside
development does not create unsafe conditions. (Reworded)
Strategies:
• 33.1
(No Change,)
33.2
(No Change)
333
(No Changs)
33.4
(No Change)
33.5 -
(Ne Chem")
33.5 a.
(No Change)
b.
(No Changs)
9
GOAL 4. Encourage long-term and regional perspectives in local land use decisions.
but not at the expense of the quality of life for Diamond Bar residents.
(No Chances)
Objective 4.1 Promote and cooperate with efforts to provide reasonable regional land use and
transportation planning programs. (No changes)
Strategies:
4.1.1 (No Changes)
4.1.2 (No Changrs)
4.1.3 (No Changes)
Objective 4.2 Maintain City boundaries which are reasonable in terms of existing service capabilities, social
and economic inter -dependencies, citizen desires, and City costs and revenues. (No Changes)
Strategies:
4.2.1 (No Changes, but this really is saving list sant thing as 4.12)
4.2.2 Seek annexation of unincorporated areas west of the Ciiy, including expansion
of the adopted Sphere of Influence, where the following findings can be
made:
4.2.2 a. (No Changes)
b. (No Changes)
C. (No Chances)
d. (No Changes)
4.2.3 Purstle discussions with the City of Industry regarding annexing their Urban
Development Agency -owned acreage (Tres Hermanos Ranch) in Chino Hills.
(Added)
ADDITIONALLY, THESE ADDITIONS TO THE PLAN FOR LAND USE ARE
REQ VESTED:
Insert on Page I --Q Land Use Mix, b. Economics:
Inasmuch as Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing University of California
campuses in the Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermanos Ranch) to house such a campus, a long term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Although
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build new
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
PLAN FOR HOUSING:
Page IT I Z Section D.l. (last paragraph currently reads:)
The reason for a lack of detail in the Diamond Bar land use inventory is that most of the large
vacant properties remaining in the City are hilly with little infrastructure in place or immediately adjacent.
The largest vacant parcel, called "Tres Hermanos", is designated as a "Specific Plan" because there are no
firm development or improvement plans at present. It is intended that specific housing projects within Tres
Hermanos could be built at densities higher than 16 units per acre, at densities that would provide housing
for all income segments of identified need.
Revised to read:
The reason for a lack of detail in the Diamond Bar land use inventory is that most of rile large vacant
properties remaining in the City are hilly with little infrastructure in place or intntediately adjacent. The largest
vacant parcel, called "Tres Hermanos", is designated as a "Specific Plan" because there are no approved
development or improvement plans at present. It is intended that specific housing projects within Tres Hermanos
be built in conjunction with this plan's stated desire to bring a new lintited enrollment insrintrion of higher
learning (e.g., University of California) campus and its associated mixed use area surrounding rite 143 acre
reciainhed water lake to this property. As such, housing projects within Tres Hemtanos could be built at densities
higher than 16 units per acre and at densities that would provide housing for all income segnhems of identified
need
Page II -15, Section D.3.c. (last paragraph currently reads:)
It is much more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable
housing built in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Hermanos Ranch, where there is sufficient land of
modest topography to make the construction of affordable housing, both single family and detached units.
The City of Diamond Bar believes that the combination of density bonuses and a City housing in lieu fund,
along with use of State and federal programs will be sufficient to meet its proportionate share of low and
moderate income housing needs.
Revised to read:
It is much more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable housing
to be built in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Hemtanos Ranch in conjunction with this plan's stared
desire to bring a new limited enrolbnent-institution.-of higher-4earn&W-fe ., Univel%*of.California) campervrnd - -
its associated ntired use area surrounding the 143 acre reclaimed water lake to this propem. The Ciry of
Diantond Bar believes that the contbination of density bonuses and a Ciry housing in lieu fund, along with use
of Stare and federal progrants will be sufficient to meer its proportionate share of low and moderate income
housing needs.
10
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, many of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionallv, the mixed use center proposal dlone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise.
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
Hills, the potential impact this project would have on the City in terms of economic development and new
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
City's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
)- I
J��
PLAIN FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Insert on Page 111-7, 2 Parks & Recreation:
Inasmuch as Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing Universitv of California
campuses in [he Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermanos Ranch) to house such a campus, a Ion; term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Althou,h
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build nc%
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, many of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionally, the mixed use center proposal alone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise and could well provide the resources necessary to improve parks ,&
recreation facilities throughout the City.
Insert on Page 111-7, 3. linter:
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
Hills, the potential impact this project would have on the City in terms of economic development and new
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
Citv's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
ADDITIONALLY, THESE ADDITIONS TO THE PLAN FOR RESOURCE
,11L4NAGEMENT ARE REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.3.9. (new)
Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to construct a high schoo,
in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermanos Ranch.
a. As part of the high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer stadium
gymnasium, etc.).
91
PL4uN FOR HOUSING: (Cominued)
.ADDITIONALLY, THdS ADDITION TO THE PLAN FOR HOUSING IS REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.1.12 (new)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) and the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency's plan to locate a
142 acre reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
potable water lake, the High School and all major highways). a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
C. Promote the inclusion of mixed use zoning (retail/residential/commercial) on
property surrounding the lake in order to promote economic development of the City while helping the Citv
meet its existing housing needs as well as those associated with the new institution of higher learning.
PLAN FOR PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES:
Inserr on Page P7-3:
Inasmuch as. Diamond Bar is centrally located between the three existing University of California
campuses in the Los Angeles Basin and is in the unique position of having undeveloped property available
within its boundaries of sufficient size (Tres Hermans Ranch) to house such a campus, a long term effort
to secure the next Southern California U.C. campus has been under discussion for some time. Although
the State's present economic situation has currently forced the U.C. system to put its plans to build new
campuses on hold, this delay can be seen as beneficial because it provides the opportunity for the City to
better coordinate long range plans for the property surrounding the proposed campus.
The economic development potential associated with becoming a U.C. host city is enormous. The
positive effect this proposed University would have on the quality of education at the K-12 schools
throughout the City is beyond estimation. Should this proposed project become a reality, many of the other
issues facing the City and detailed in this document (e.g., stabilizing municipal revenues, expediting the
maturation of the Corporate Center, strip center vacancies, improving recreational facilities and housing
needs, etc.) can be solved.
Additionally, the mixed use center proposal alone, meant to act as a "city within a city" and which
would house and service the needs of the estimated 7000 student population and their visitors, could provide
a revenue source for the City rivaling any mall in the country. This is a revenue source the scale of which
the City could not get otherwise.
Although the majority of the Tres Hermanos Water Resource Project, which includes both the 142
acre reclaimed water lake and the 1200 acre potable water lake, actually is located in neighboring Chino
TriIls, the potentta tmpact this project would have on the City in terms of ecaaomic development and tiew
recreational opportunities can not be understated. The reclaimed water lake, wholly located within the
City's borders, will provide a source of water that would directly effect the viability of other potential
developments in the City. The reduction of fire hazard in the area as a result of this project would be
dramatic. The potential increase of property values in the City as a direct result of the lakes' construction
is profound.
ADDITIONALLY, THESE ADDITIONS AND REVISIONS TO THE PLAN FOR PUBLIC
SERVICES AND FACILITIES ARE REQUESTED:
Strategy 1.1.5.a: (revised)
1. Actively promote plans by the Metropolitan Water District and the City of Industry's Urban
Development Agency to locate a 1200 acre potable water lake on lower Tres Hermanos Ranch in Chino
Hills and Diamond Bar.
2. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 142 acre reclaimed water
lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
3. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
PLAN FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (Continued)
Strategy 1.3.10: (new)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) on Tres Hermans Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. As part of the school development, pursue development of major joint use meeting
�c recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football,'soccer
stadium. gymnasium, etc.).
b. ''oordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, the ..2 acre reclaimed water lake, the High School and all major highways).
Strategy 1.3.11: (new)
Actively promote plans by the Metropolitan Water District and the City of Industry's Urban
Development Agency to locate a 1200 acre potable water lake on lower Tres Hermans Ranch in Chino
Hills and Diamond Bar.
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 142 acre
reclaimed water lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
Strategy 1.3.12: (new)
Actively promote plans by the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency to locate a 142 acre
reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermans Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
b. Promote the inclusion of public recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
DONALD E. URY
1615 Beers Den Road
Diamond Bar. CA 91765
Phoae & Phoae F= 714) 161-4344
May 24, 1993
COUNCIL MEMBERS
City of Diamond Bar
21660 East Copley Drive, Suite 190
Diamond Bar, CA 91765
RE: DIAMOND BAR GENERAL PLAN
CIRCULATION
Dear COUNCIL MEMBERS:
Past experience has shown that Southern California
cannot expect a decrease in traffic in the coming
years, therefore measures should be taken to reduce
the impact of traffic on Diamond Bar.
Such measures should be directed toward permitting
traffic to flow as quickly as possible through Diamond
Bar, thereby reducing its effect on Diamond B.ar and its.
residents. One measure is to provide attractive
alternate routes for commuters to use in lieu of the
streets of Diamond Bar.
THEREFORE, I recommend that the Council Members
seriously consider the following in the Circulation
element of the Diamond Bar General Plan:
A. Encourage and pursue the planning and
construction of a road through Tonner Canyon
from the Orange Freeway (Route 57), in Orange
County, northerly to a connection with the
Pomona Freeway (Route 60); and
B. Pursuit of the development and construction
of the Orange Freeway and the Pomona Freeway
interchange in Diamond Bar; and
C. Pursue the development and construction of
HOY Lanes from the Orange County to and
through Diamond Bar, Also pursue the
development and construction of HOW lanes on
the Pomona Freeway; and
M
PLAN FOR PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES: (Continued)
Strategy 1.1.5.b: (new)
1. Actively promote plans by the City of Industry's Urban Development Agency to locate a 132
acre reclaimed water lake on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
2. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre potable water
lake, the University, the High School and all major highways).
3. Promote the inclusion of public. recreational access and activities in this lake's plans.
4. Promote the inclusion of mixed use zoning (retail/residential/commercial) on property
surrounding the lake.
Strategy 1-3.1: (revised)
Pursue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to constt. ct a high school
in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermanos Ranch.
a. As part of the high school development, pursue development of major joint use
meeting & recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer stadium,
gymnasium, etc.).
Strategy 1.4.2: (revised)
Actively promote plans to locate a limited enrollment institution of higher learning (e.g., a
University of California campus) on Tres Hermanos Ranch in Diamond Bar.
a. As part of the school development, pursue development of major joint use meeting
.4c recreational facilities (e.g., auditorium, conference center, pool, ball fields, tennis courts, football/soccer
stadium, gymnasium, etc.).
b. Coordinate these plans with other plans for this property (i.e., The 1200 acre
potable water lake, -the 142 -acre reclaimed water lake, the -High -School and. all• major highways}. -
City of Diamond Bar
General Plan Revision
Preliminary Summary of Round III Community Workshop
Results
A summary of comments received during Community Workshops - Round III held
May 12, 1993 as part of the City of Diamond Bar's General Plan Revision process.
Prepared by
Moore lacofano Goltsman, Inc.
Berkeley/Los Angeles, CA
and
Cotton Beland Associates
Pasadena, CA
June 1993
COUNCIL. MEMBERS
City of Diamond Bar
May 24, 1993
Page 2
D. Pursuit of the development and construction
of an additional lane(s) on the Pomona
Freeway going east from Diamond Bar; and
E. Pursuit of the synchronization of signals on
Grand Avenue through Diamond Bar and through
its adjacent communities; and
F. Complete the design and construction of
improvements at the intersection of Diamond
Bar Boulevard and Grand Avenue; and
G. Pursuit of other traffic measures that
enhance the circulation and movement of
transient traffic on, over and across the
MAJOR STREETS of Diamond Bar.
very truly yours,
Donald E. Ury
Resident and
Traffic and Transportation Commissioner
0a 1a1.COR
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Preliminary Summary of Community Workshops . ill
June 7, 1993
Page 4
• Clarify whether or nor the City is applying the Tonner Canyon agricultural
designation to Tres Hermanos.
7. Revison to Land Use, Page 1-13, Strategy 1.3.7 (Retail Development/Commer-
clal Uses)
• Explain if the potential revision language included in this section means that the
City should build a mall.
• Be sure to encourage the use of existing facilities first before building new ones
- there are too many vacant retail spaces now.
• Identify ways that the City can determine if new commercial is needed.
• Consider developing some type of strategic plan for business retention and
development in Diamond Bar.
Traffic Solutions - Regional Transportation Linkage Options
• Note that a more proactive approach is needed to address regional
transportation problems - regional agencies should join together to work on
problems such as the Tonner Canyon Roadway.
• Allow for a more open process - residents should be viewed as a valuable
resource and consulted more often.
• Be sure to add the statement: "...and participation by Diamond Bar residents"
to proposed revision language in this section.
• Consider adding the Tonner Canyon Roadway to the map and add a definition
of "environmentally sensitive."
• Be sure to review the transportation/circulation information with the
Transportation and Open Space Commission.
• Refer back to the "SEA" definition provided by the State.
• Consider developing performance standards which guide and limit sensitive
issues such as drainage and grading.
• Encourage better coordination between the Tres Hermanos project and Tonner
Canyon Roadway.
• Be sure to strike a balance between the welfare of Grand Avenue residents
(traffic problems negatively impact their quality of life) and protection of the
Tonner Canyon ecosystem.
• Re -think the use of trip ceilings - they may be too restrictive.
ObvA"3-*—d+Wmwm-wm.ft (0.9.93)
City o/ Diamand Bar General Plan Revision June 7, f 993
PreNminary Summary of Community work9nops - 1U
Page 2
I1. PRELIMINARY SUMMARY OF COMMUNITY WORKSHOP
COMMENTS FROM WEDNESDAY, MAY 12, 1993
1. Introduction Section of the General Plan
• Re -think the language in this section - it appears a bit defensive and doesn't
have to be.
• Add "community workshop" to the original paragraph for this section.
• Consider using the document prepared by the GPAC - most of the community
disregarded the July 1992 General Plan document.
• Note that most of the community did not disregard the July 1992 General Plan -
do not start from the scratch.
• Review the General Plan "line by line."
• Note: all Diamond Bar residents should be sure to turn in their comments
immediately so they can be incorporated into the General Plan Revision process.
• Rephrase the Introduction section to reflect specific language suggested by
workshop participants (Martha,Tom).
2. Major Issues Section of the General Plan, Page 4
• Delete references to oil production; add the fact that cattle grazing is an
additional use or activity.
• Provide more information which describes the boundaries of Tonner Canyon.
• Be sure to include language in the Plan which addresses ecologically and
environmentally sensitive issues - do not allow development in Tonner Canyon.
• Determine whether or not the oil production activities are within the city's sphere
of influence. City staff responded that they are not within the City's sphere.
• Identify the studies which conclude that the Tonner Canyon Roadway should be
built.
• Be sure to involve representatives from other agencies, surrounding cities to
participate in the General Plan Revision process.
• Be sure to include the "SEA -15" designation for Tonner Canyon.
• Recognize that the Tonner Canyon Roadway is a fix to a regional transportation
problem which Diamond Bar cannot fix by itself.
3. Revisions to Land Use (Page 1-6)
• Determine whether or not the deed restriction research (mentioned numerous
times by workshop participants) needs to take place before the General Plan is
approved.
I�J
MIMOL
Qa
ir
WAe.
KMI &I
ZAA.
mml
y 3
■,' ■ *' y �,. w..
t AP; Ur
D5�NM% POCA
6 G •pNBI '
� Idln'1' L��� • � 1� UIt'�J
1a.ClF QJ ' •
Nb� oaf rR18Y!
�-, w \� NGILb bpi'•jamal
�.... �\ d• A' ISIryM�!
vl'm�
oLfxr
RiWY
i X W14�.
lfw
rmr-
CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA
Mayor — Gary G. Miller
Mayor Pro Tem — Phyllis E. Papen
Councilman — John A. Forbing
Councilman — Gary H. Werner
Councilman— Dexter D. MacBride
City Council Chambers
are located at:
South CoastAir Quality Management DIstactAuditonum
21665 East Copley Drive
easeTokainfrOrn smo m, ea in or :_rin m in � ounce . am 'rs.
MEETING DATE: JUNE 16, 1993 Terrence L. Belanger
General plan Public City Manager
Hearing
Andrew V. Arczynski
City Attorney
MEETING TIME: 7:00 p.m. Lynda Burgess
City Clerk
The City of Diamond Bar uses RECYCLED paper and encourages you ro au rnd sans.
THIS MEETING IS BEING BROADCAST LIVE BY JONES INTERCABLE
FOR AIRING ON CHANNEL 12, AND BY REMAINING IN THE ROOM,
YOU ARE GIVING YOUR PERMISSION TO BE TELEVISED.
1. CALL TO ORDER: 7:00 p.m.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: MAYOR MILLER
ROLL CALL: Councilmen MacBride, Forbing,
Werner, Mayor Pro Tem Papen, Mayor Miller
2. PUBLIC HEARING:
2.1 ADOPTION OF GENERAL PLAN: The General Plan is a
statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to
guide the long-range physical development of the City. The
Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form
and character of the City over the next twenty years. It is
the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure
a balanced, comfortable environment in which to live and work.
It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City.
In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the retention of
a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan.
Five community workshops have been conducted with residents to
identify key planning issues and discuss potential General
Plan policy options. The results have been summarized and
forwarded to the Council for consideration. On May 19, 1993,
the Council began the public hearing process to adopt the
General Plan. The public discussion was continued from May
26, 1993, in order to receive additional public input on the
entire draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and study
suggested revisions to the Circulation Element.
Recommended Action: It is recommended that the City Council
open the Public Hearing, receive presentation from the General
Plan consultant team, receive public testimony and forward
comments to City staff.
3. ANNOUNCEMENTS:
4. ADJOURNMENT:
my nF nlAmnND BAR
AGENDA REPORT AGENDA NO.
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: June 16, 1993 REPORT DATE: June 11, 1993
FROM: James DeStefano, Community Development Director
TITLE: Adoption of the 1993 General Plan
SUMMARY: The General Plan is a statement of goals, policies and implementing programs to guide the long range
physical development of the City. The Plan is required by State Law and determines the size, form and character
of the City over the next twenty years. It is the most significant tool utilized by the community to ensure a balanced,
comfortable environment in which to live and work. It represents the community's view of its future and serves as
the "blueprint" to define the long term character of the City. In March of 1993 the City Council authorized the
retention of a consultant team to further develop the Draft General Plan. Five community workshops have been
conducted with residents to identify key planning issues and discuss potential General Plan policy options. The
results have been summarized and forwarded to the Council for consideration. Four public hearings have been
conducted to consider specific revisions to the Draft General Plan (dated July 14, 1992) and to receive additional
public input on the entire Draft General Plan.
The purpose of the June 16, 1993, public hearing is to present the composite 1993 General Plan. The Plan represents
a simulation of all comments received and changes, where appropriate, to the text of the previous Draft document.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council open the public hearing, receive a presentation
from the General Plan consultant team, receive public testimony, forward comments to City Staff, and continue the
public hearing to July 6, 1993.
ATTACHMENTS: Staff Report
REVIEWED BY:
Terrence L. Belanger
City Manager
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
Other
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION: Library
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1.
Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed
_ Yes
X No
by the City Attorney?
2.
Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote?
MAJORITY
3.
Has environmental impact been assessed?
_ Yes
X No
4.
Has the report been reviewed by a Commission?
_ Yes
-X No
5.
Which Commission?
Are other departments affected by the report?-2LYes
_ No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
Terrence L. Belanger
City Manager
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
2.3 Z3
, ., - z
tV1011 r ( s �7
NAKDJI:E�� Ali ?Ew-7Lb& uN(--�t�u
2�1 � 2(*7f7 Rocky View Ycj.-
�. zZ/i 11 1<17-v,TIA) LI,,IJ6 s rgL-60 �a
tot
ur-
J�
G
ve
6-95-8
GENERAL PLAN
City of Diamond Bar
v?'4'g1
June 16, 1993
Cotton/Beland/Associates, Inc.
747 East Green Street, Suite 400
Pasadena, California 91101-2119
with
Moore Iacofano Goltsman, Inc.
Austin -Faust Associates, Inc.
779.00
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Gary G. Miller, Mayor
Phyllis E. Papen, Mayor Pro Tem
Gary H. Werner, Councilmember
John A. Forbing, Councilmember
Dexter MacBride, Councilmember
Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
Jack Grothe, Commissioner
Lydia Plunk, Commissioner
Michael Li, Commissioner
CITY COUNCIL
Jay C. Kim (Former Councilmember)
Paul Horcher (Former Councilmember)
Don Nardella (Former Councilmember)
Robert L. Van Nort, (Former City Manager)
PLANNING COMMISSION
Bruce Flamembaum, Chairman
David Meyer, Vice Chairman
Dexter MacBride (Former Commissioner)
Grace Lin (Former Commissioner)
Clair Harmony (Former Commissioner)
David Schey (Former Commissioner)
Robert Kane (Former Commissioner)
GENERAL PLAN ADVISORY COMMITTEE
(Original Membership)
Karla Adams
Ed Layton
Carole Anderson
Dr. Jui-Kaung Lin
John Bennett
Catherine Lott
Ross Bilotta
Dexter MacBride
Paul Bordwell
Pat McGinn
Tim Brunridge
David Meyer
Karen Castleman
Steve Nelson
Todd Chavers
Khanh Nguyen
Noel Cunningham
Victor Ochoa
Jan Dabney
Cindee Quan
Rose Dam
Don Robertson
Bruce Flamembaum
Don Schad
Art Fritz
Kofi Sefa-Boakye
Gregory Gaffney
Mike Sment
Mike Goldbert
Eric Stone
Clair Harmony
Donald Taylor
Greg Hummel
Kamal Trivedi
Shally Hsu
Steve Webb
Bob Kane
Ed Yogoobian
Joe Larutta
Ed Yogoobian
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
(Continued)
STAFF
James DeStefano, Community Development Director
Irwin M. Kaplan, Planner Emeritus
Robert L. Searcy, Associate Planner
Ann J. Lungu, Planning Technician
Marilyn C. Ortiz, Administrative Secretary
GENERAL PLAN WORKSHOP ATTENDANCE
WORKSHOP #
1A
113
2A
2B
3
NAME
Audrey Hamilton
X
Martha Bruske
X
X
X
Norman & Barbara Beach-Courchesne
X
X
X
Dexter MacBride
X
X
X
X
Billie Schwarz
X
Don Schad
X
X
X
X
X
David Conetta
X
X
X
Virginia Cylkowski
X
Wayne Block
X
X
Rod Lehman
X
Kay Lehman
X
X
Franklin Fong
X
X
James Roberts
X
X
X
Oscar Law
X
Randy Mang
X
Clair Harmony
X
Mike Graves
X
Linda Graves
X
X
David Craig
X
X
Clifford Craig
X
X
Gary Neely
X
X
X
X
X
Max Maxwell
X
X
X
X
X
Red Calkins
X
X
Theresa Zavala
X
X
Jack Bath
X
WORKSHOP #
lA
1B
2A
2B
3
NAME
Don Gravdahl
X
X
Alice Houseworth
X
X
Ray Forrest
X
Cornelia & Ernest Pizzo
X
Frank Dursa
X
X
David Damaske
X
Gary Werner
X
Kathleen McCarthy
X
X
Marilyn Kieffer
X
X
Sherry Rogers
X
Eileen Ansari
X
Debbie & Bill Noyes
X
X
Ken Knolf
X
Sue Sisk
X
X
X
Tom Van Winkle
X
X
X
Ken Anderson
X
X
X
C.W. Heaton
X
Tina & Brian Worth
X
Harold Fraser
X
Rod Riepen
X
Mel Davis
X
Carolyn Elfelt
X
Tom Ortiz
X
X
W. Tinsman
X
Chuck Rogers
X
X
George Kingston
X
Philip Lo
X
X
Wilbur Smith
X
Todd Chavers
X
Beverly D'Errico
X
Eric Stone
X
Jan C. Dabney
X
Dr. Dan Buffington
X
John Forbing
X
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Introduction............................................1
Land Use Element ...................................... I-1
Housing Element ...................................... II -1
Resource Management ................................. III -1
Public Health and Safety Element ......................... IV -1
Circulation Element .................................... V-1
Public Services and Facilities Element ...................... VI -1
INTRODUCTION
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Introduction
I-1
Bi PURPOSE
State planning law requires that each city and county adopt a comprehensive, long-term general plan for the
physical development of any lands in its jurisdiction, and for any land outside its boundaries which bears
relation to its land use planning activities. The General Plan must contain a statement of development
policies as well as diagrams and text that identify objectives, principals, standards, and plan proposals.
Seven elements are mandated by the Government Code:
• Land Use Conservation
• Circulation Safety
• Housing Noise
• Open Space
In addition, Section 65303 of the Government Code provides that the plan may include any other elements
which, in the judgment of the legislative body, relate to the physical development of the City. The combination
of two or more mandated elements is permitted. Since many development and environmental issues are so
interrelated, the Diamond Bar General Plan has been organized into five mejef-lzlarn} l dr d#y
J; REQUIREMENTS
Government Code Section 65300 defines the General Plan as a long-term document. By projecting conditions
and needs into the future, the General Plan establishes a basis for evaluating current policy and providing
insight on future policy. State law requires that general plans be comprehensive, internally consistent, and
a, long-term.
Comprehensive - A General Plan must be a comprehensive planning document, covering not
only the geographic area within the City boundaries, but also the areas adjacent to the City
that bear a reasonable relationship to City planning. Areas outside of the City limits may
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
I-2
June 16, 1993
include the actual sphere of influence, as adopted by the Local Agency Formation
Commission, or may be larger or different areas that create planning constraints on the City.
Not only must the General Plan be comprehensive in terms of area, it must also address all
of the relevant issues that legitimately face the jurisdiction (issue comprehensiveness).
• Internally Consistent - In 1975, the Legislature adopted the "internal consistency"
requirement, which means that all elements of the General Plan are equally important and
must be consistent with one another. In addition, diagrams within the General Plan must
be consistent with the text. If a new element is adopted or a part of the General Plan is
amended, the rest of the plan must be changed wherever inconsistencies result. Otherwise,
there will be confusion regarding community policies and standards.
In addition to internal consistency, the General Plan must be consistent with zoning -- a
primary tool in the implementation of the General Plan.
• Long -Term - One of the most important guidelines for General Plans is that they address
a broad enough horizon so that their strategies have sufficient time to be implemented, and
so that their vision is to meet the best long-term needs of the community. However, it is also
important to keep the timeframe with reasonable parameters, so the document will not
become dated too quickly, and so that its level of analysis can be more accurate, since the
error rate of projections tends to increase geometrically as time increases.
ti E CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER PLANNING PROCESSES
To be an effective guide for future development, the General Plan also must provide a framework for local
development that is consistent with the policies of appropriate Statewide and regional programs and
regulatory agencies. General Plans must comply with all requirements of the California Environmental
Quality Act, as amended. In addition, the following legislation or regulations directly affect Diamond Bar:
STATE-WIDE
• Surface Mining and Reclamation Act
• Alquist-Priolo Special Study Zones Act
• Sphere of Influence as regulated by the Local Agency Formation Commission
REGIONAL- South Coast Air Quality Management District
• South Coast Air Quality Management Plan
ill
REGIONAL- Southern California Association of Governments
• Regional Mobility Plan
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
June 16, 1993 I-3
• Growth Management Plan
• Regional Housing Needs Assessment
O: COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION
State law requires citizen participation in the planning process. Recognizing the importance of organized
citizen input into the planning process, a General Plan Advisory Committee (GPAC) was established by the
City Council. The GPAC represented a diversity of groups within the Diamond Bar community. At the
beginning of the General Plan process, numerous interviews were held with community leaders to provide
input to the GPAC regarding citizen concerns. Workshops were held with the GPAC on a regular basis
through the initial, formulation stages of the planning process.
ineludes publie hear-inp before the Planning Gammission and Gity Gelaneil prior. to Gener-al Plan adoption.
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Participation Program
Communlly, Community lbmmurity Public Public Public Public Public Adoption of
Workshops (2) Workshops Workshops Hearing e1 Hearing s2 Hearing 03 Hearing a4 Hearing e5 General Plan
(Round 1) (Round II) (Rou)d III)
Identify Issues Review and Discuss Review and Land Use Circulation Additional Additional Presentation of
to be addressed Polley Options Discuss Potential General Plan General Plan General Plan
In the General Plan Revisidns to the Topics Topics Revisiorus
General Plan
Apnt 216 24 April 26 d May i May t2 May 19 May 26 June 2 June 9 June 16 July 6
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
June 16, 1993 14
G+
�, •1olr. GIS 9rt L�s� M owtsr+tl s awM<i \b
%i'x �-re _ •-rw� I.wH.I�.+�a.aa r "'4� F��--��
Over "q%ww door
• Ixr s�a� Hca ns "�
6 ,
l tF(t;;+EFWty ,au Iry
GOJic�Mll►J �-�-V( aAGUT i[Atia�?S • _� �,.,., oM.•
�hlO ,�• t C+{IFbHDWItiQJD (ate . •'�` �,, ciu�t t..ea�R
R KSFi OP.. alms Pt a IN IF AMIN
V4 — SEP R�cID�t rtw- 5lo M Owromm - - "`�
� Musrea rs RlCst�N1. sr�ls . tis►wG
tarPq�er lr . // v" "1'taN �
'"'d' Wawa �
�W.M-1'tklR. AzgWGµ K • 1µf��li� �M:tlN'AI'Rt' VIIS
VOX b • 4W CA4ftr2lM COT Cr "
SIiRPIhI^s gT►t6R IISF ! _�>.: 1 � AI.
.rte�Ir�
• VAFPa Q --
-410M h�QF�-fNK 1wvo� w (+
VAN naWs
1*♦M1ewAttl�Yc.' pl a ®t ® t�� « 8• ►I
146T.--orr � • iDIE MlCG131ftC�fBD... a1 ' bEyen,�y„Yw f(
va VAp'�•,�•j • G�t��iR�,,, itllM+�li�'i '"�. w �� u�wWr �' • .
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop IA
April21,1993
(Part One of Three)
i Imo— ♦ �_ �A • v - -.�J'�
•• •`11
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop IA
April 21,1993
(Part Two of Three)
.YJ4wM vstArtas+tr
Vw Oerw t +
1UVN i � �R� ova
N -
AND
t (P)
�
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 1A
April 21,1993
(Part Three of Three)
G
IT row i1M4(DGW �
i.w►o vM1 r 4•
a
M)
,�Lj#
�G.Wt:A1 CiA'��t M.
w �tNtR � --► 3LAM
�
� frWC� 1 � BGCfY.IOs z _T, � �peµyq,i 16
��
ICG{IiSi�`f
IRS 49,WP AJ. OIr-t'JfK'
k
-"PW(4e Lr
SAWL. V4wA
1.57,
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop IB
April 24,1993
(Part One of Three)
r�� 10 i
�{`%,
IC>t "pp�Fs{ GiR"
Igz FOOL
srraN p MAN lgwcx A,R A
Ira �>aa o Wrcw v, WRO 111 t a1 Wtas
crac(r�v+0aa 10 S a L. PAW kw ww "
1g a � rr vim OF
&=WM a m"M=cw
>wsltt* o y ca wz....
MP caw
p # yr TR+MM+l�DN � VOMCP � �r
p f11p1fGN: R�MG IB���'
GiANtRRY. fsK.�i
J)SrA's 5FMS FA40Me64P
lCV1 db (�
titer
tags NUsr
D
Nowa IMPI-c "y
L. &m „►arm Talky 4 lV
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop iB
April 243993
(Part Two of Three)
� ♦ ON l�f{.IC� �tNVI.IJ[iQ1Gi.1 6R'Iy. �f�•
� � �� �i �R� 'MtM li�1L�:•���lJ�fg6 G7u►7L
o Gtk wror<oWa" .0 SMpf ? 4450MA GG e*6Rl's
t�pINI{IGBS'ro L q w mw.ryi w. S" ol'4rIfBG Rr
Room *Ow L*,&F RCE wMa;Mr -�t3YffU6U%ANtiN(i1C�
- -- a-
. �MGyA iYu�ilLE ---LMlrw A"—- -- NOT Nt�seR+f N
,. IOOK. MA- IFl iPOQI}ti. Qi4t,N-- uw
'l.. Lus (, p 870. i5UP117FT
bipgiE �I/trflAlb MQ6 1:�J1- tau 0°Mw
/ mor ROUT OwwMw,.,6
tGW Qa/Mp LM $ UMRNCW liifJ_ '7
00""M= M?T. IN l•Cw,. toy &OrM*ar+b apartMWWArPyq .. ���v 4lrgndny n�rJani�ni. .
ACP"f IMI +#' a •*v* } � t�Mf 'f GES /N�►�'
Cpwl.. wa t7Pe orr M err ► CQMMIJ� coa A=X
tO'Mf Tb pfE�-xt a OF PI MKr--
eye � c VWEUAW
.>M
L.EG (M VANV.v
w �ots�a, e►ivn��crel_�
aF
UFW IsSIJE'S.
ue tt0e4ID V40W Z
AD Rsawrce HtC1i at -
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 1B
April 24,1993
(Part Three of Three)
40� 0,-4�w I
OPUALOWT 41" L. r+b of 6—
GEN f Pon l..Ciostawe�Vu.
� iNG mwiY�
Mil
Oil "VOWM AOP6 d VSO
aor�fier�l
G�iV�.UE`11 ►�R' seon�GoiPuu t
b1/QRKSM40�° ►c>aia r a> �0
+� ►4G7JK/d�
<►pWIA`�Irl NVif�• "j r
►Ui6S1t01 0wwd=or,1w,W4. S,"�E,1� I..tpvk�l+(•o�ied�
AI L"'OL 9VA#VP6 euLSlW A4gWp —
4d.+Mr °TryrY h C�}.S�.r''c•� ► CNJ 4G13C%t y •
I-► hi� � rn 'Hero buldiJdr•� CF' ���
t
(V 1R/1~00f Mfdrli.... • Lam
�
S OwT PQM( •
/ 's. w
'r SAWe faw•HA Or
evrden
WtMN OCIW
N1D t7iLN 51' ..tr �,ic.a....
+zrnvau , ►
(a am
� (....vtli, �mortr.... AiBTAwi[3�15
FrAD WttttcVT OE E(..crwr r >,
L41
►Fbw
L Ci 6u P AKr- VO Cr
u!u 90CE !E
ornq� $U7R�D'
(Zlt. PRoAr*e cm9 ��11 L-� MgM.w'/
1w-SwJ VE..... for
► NWW 14 AW o7RT19irCE &
ID fftwo OMPE1i1RANNGD?
AV3•OOMW1QWAGS V%MW-P .
Y Mav 7tpt: aG
► 2✓1(Vrp(�,�c1.( C� do t J zpw A"LtiW �w OrCA?
TO 984w Fee USE??
L. t%,,, ; ecce {„ 40 � Sg,.
Vwvnmdr./ ?
�.w
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2A
April 28,1993
(Part One of Three)
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2A
April 28,1993
(Part Two of Three)
•
�pj1G' /OUb
uaw
*k+AM+ I,
L.
LrwarMiN�4gRSCrip
MAW*N0j
•
It 1W"S. 70
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2A
April 28,1993
(Put Three of Three) `
6Qz
WOR K SHOT
p�u � ♦ G 4,44 ent
rmw�m'
gIMW f1I1•►?
�' I�LLBrEOC' M�1JWl�' •s�
t�s ... l5
V AN#4
raMs4[u PUi•►I111J�► V1�K.. _'ID
-fuuoww� ,diad 6P tt�'f
oolete�rttwpt ►��.�r�5-
1V wow_
tw $*MM Wfip%. 11RDP6 NM"
a trw i 4mo•rr. IVAU$
M !Kcw)
op
{� �a N�owr ue+v acwws�-G
MI u?�4WryM�ae�'q��
l.. Mb Aafr FIND ,OW�1� n� ;s
nea�atrst�/►ri�LO/M�0 E 9w'
lfTIL �, 1Aw*cy .M +r►..r...hft
�► Amhw abpVp,wS r i Ahiei **-
99"�WAW MM 00Y A
,1' uerwci+Ms laeuccs�u.
Lcterso= VL( IbAdw
Xil►1f IN uMMV.$ MFMu1
vt� -
"cuw or MT
4 da rwa►� ctrtu�s seNv
s ► is ct�. cras.... �►ev�ac
u11Z/11 doow VVAL-t•UT
19lLr Wjv r, -,R x wome
4 use Aaw LAV 104
lifter- SRxvs
!� Ctrl Cl=►
1>� `�
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2B
May 1,1993
(Part One of Three)
�•ki O•R. G E
MAW N •�
""+,L$96T ,
awst•tra.•..
u ••
r-v.•er
*Au M
OIa�OIC�i��
w Poo
lb mwga.ia►* ctw
90M sowAse
►1'mUGG Y.wR�Ogl13' 'lt7
GK'.11 gXE
►+kio�y aatt •The4a d
am«�yi(u�► d►�v-4s!i
moo w,,w"4WA 8
1PVA0.,* s!6 tar 9JPN,tiAOd "Ite Mr -T
► VAAMNM im Momc1.UL y t B?
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2B
May 1,1993
(Part Two of Three)
\A I
►w�►aa�cu_•r�us
�&V
. awoca
Qat r+r��,
►+iov , 40S W (h+Q-)
--------------------
tOWAR G44 -b{ 1 kpy/
iw WX=4 ? -
�I
L- 66w so, w is W U- wA ...rra4 Ong0al
L W -A
j.. F4G A�rpy� r
► cawaL amu
►04TYM R Ya.'f
4t�tf11G DIS
► ivaar+�E -
rees
lu &a-ww-rL4w
► 10 WWV $MAST Ic
GR{iC4 AA wavinb
1b Pw%L44-vL�xg VE.M kv-
_ Dwnvc d, reft4.q.r
►au M MEW, Kit
(u GiKV l
—OV FOAAVe.,�
► PbllR%f R1 wv_ 601" "CM
falkf >Vux*&krr...
► Iq� oP� v�M o�
/e 60�,G�'N Sp4
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 2B
May 1,1993
(Part Three of Three)
III
IM&WA6.94 PAUL,
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 3
May 12, 1993
to ID LANE) VA—,
ie
OW
IM&WA6.94 PAUL,
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 3
May 12, 1993
to ID LANE) VA—,
OW
Tl
M=T"
AY
awDbI
IM&WA6.94 PAUL,
City of Diamond Bar General Plan Revision
Community Workshop 3
May 12, 1993
I CITY HISTORY
The City of Diamond Bar is located in the southeast corner of Los Angeles County, at the intersection of Los
Angeles, Orange, and San Bernardino counties. The City is situated at the intersection of Los Angeles,
Orange, and San Bernardino counties. The City is situated at the eastern end of the East San Gabriel Valley,
adjacent to both State Routes 57 and 60, as shown in Figure*-+-and-_2 F_1131
Diamond Bar began as "Rancho Nogales" (Ranch of the Walnut Trees) after a Spanish land grant in
1840. At its height, it was one of the largest cattle and walnut ranches in Southern California. Until the mid
20th century, this land was alternately combined and divided for various agricultural uses. In 1956, the
Christiana Oil Corporation and the Capital Oil Company, a subsidiary of the Transamerica Corporation,
purchased the Diamond Bar Ranch. A comprehensive development plan was prepared and approved for the
City, making it one of the first master -planned communities in the county.
During the 1960s, suburbanization spread eastward from the Los Angeles basin, stimulating local housing and
population growth as Diamond Bar's open hillsides were replaced by homes. Despite itsl;: conception
Diamond Bar has n developed a ari`sc s .Mid e&
as amaster-planned community, grew- P :............ .......
individual tr-aets b eilt_ As a result of this development pattern, Diamond Bar today is primarily a
residential community.
ive homes that may or- may not have high in foes te mat In June of 1988, local voters decided to
incorporate and on April 18, 1989, Diamond Bar became Los Angeles County's 86th city.
MAJOR ISSUES
Planning for Diamond Bar is driven by three overriding issues which have a multitude of implications on the
City's future:
Land use (including open space)
Circulation
The economics of municipal financing.
While the following sections briefly describe each of these issues in more detail, it must be remembered that
they are inexorably woven together to form the fabric of the City.
1. Land Use
Diamond Bar is primarily residential, which contributes to the overall rural atmosphere of the City. However,
this condition creates a lack of land to provide needed goods, services, and jobs, so that residents are forced
to drive to other communities to shop and work.
While much of the City is already developed, there are still some undeveloped canyons and hillsides left in
the City that could represent significant open space resources for residents. Developffie"t eyef: the past
yeam bets eefteentfated on ereetting Yiews from fesidential hi4iside jets. and itat iteeessar-ily what %iews wer-
like of the hillsides. Many choices are needed as to if or how the City wants its remaining open land to
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
June 16, 1993 I-5
LOS ANGELES
COUNTY
WEST
COVINA
BREA /
b1f_kA•�•
rA
SAN BERNARDINO
COUNTY
GENERAL PLAN
COUNTY BOUNDARY
Figure 1-3
SPHERE OF INFLUENCE Regional Location
develop, especially land that may have been designed or restricted as open space by previous development
approvals through the County.
2. Circulation
Diamond Bar's location gives residents excellent access to regional resources. However, it also causes several
of its local streets to be used as freeway bypasses by commuter traffic. 49 laeation meatts that it
doesn't need I ities (stieh w libfar-ies and musetints) *ithiit the toym, but i! also means that
3. Economics
The residents of Diamond Bar presently enjoy a high quality of life, and have had relatively low costs
;. <.<.
associated with high levels of service -- ..m_..._t colt g tt#ir;ui? unincorporated
community. While Cityhood has brought local control, it also requires decisions on long-term financing of
local services and facilities. The largely residential nature of the City
means there are less local businesses and services for residents, which translates into less municipal revenues
from sales tax. In addition, many residents moved to Diamond Bar because of the historically low rate of
taxation under the county, and may resist increased or new costs associated with Cityhood.
The sphere of influence area, as well as several large parcels in and around town, repr-esen t3gltla
potential fiscal resources fa- terms Ali }'t€%a°`O.UTa of municipal revenues.
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
June 16, 1993 I-6
GENERAL PLAN
CURRENTLY APPROVED LANDS WI1H
LOS ANGELES COUNTY SIGNIEICANI
ECOLOGICAL AREA (SEA) IS
(tomer Cany0rVC hln0 Hills)
SOURCE:
Los Angalos Cow y G_,
Plop. Slpoif aNEcolopl-d
Meat Raporl, 1914 (wIM
---I —PI; W. Ropi., a
pl- F D6porlmenl, Enp-1
A -1N: 5-6, 1990,
Figure 1-4
nificant Ecological Area
M7�:7
NORTH 0 2000 4000 8000 FEET
G-. K DOCUMENT CONTENTS
The indiyidual elements of the diamond bar general plan have been eambined inte the feHemzing
plans= siigtt to address the variety of environmental issues that affect the City.
Diamond Bar
General Plan
State Mandated
General Plan Elements
Issues
Plan for Land Use kAffiat Land Use Land Use
fifer Housing 1 Housing Housing
P4a*46r—Resource
Management
Plan for
Public Health
and Safety -ki
Plan fef
Public Services and
Facilities Elemen
Open Space
Conservation
Visual Resources
Biological Resources
Park and Recreation
Water Resources
Energy Resources
Solid Waste
Mineral Resources
Agriculture
Safety Geology
Seismicity
Flooding
Fire Protection
Crime Protection
Emergency Services
Hazardous Materials
Air Quality
Noise
Noise
City Financing
Economic Development
Plaft fiar Circulation Circulation
P*ietd Meb4ify Trails
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Introduction
1-9
14: GENERAL PLAN FORMAT
The 19923 Diamond Bar if General Plan is divided into three documents for ease of reference.
1. Document 1: General Plan
The first document contains the five actual divisions of the General Plan proper, that is, the compilation of
the goals, objectives, and implementation strategies of the Plan. This document contains an introduction, and
the Land Use, Housing, , Resource Management, Public Health and Safety,
Public Services and Facilities, and iatttsCtte #. I1HysiC-1 —tT:
2. Document 2: Master Environmental Assessment
This document contains the Master Environmental Assessment for the. City, which will provide a
comprehensive and consistent baseline of environmental data from which further (project -specific)
environmental analyses can'be performed.
3. Document 3: I+inl:Environmental Impact Report/Technical Appendices (t*rCtfed 7//5
This document contains the Draft Environmental Impact Report for the General Plan, including the Notice
of Preparation and Responses. The EIR contains the appropriate environmental documentation for the
General Plan as required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) including detailed analyses
of the various impacts of ultimately development Diamond Bar. This document also contains all of the
technical appendices not specifically related to the EIR, such as noise, air quality, land use. summaries and
alternatives, etc An At3d d ra id th F�TR �s..req>Ytred. pru�r..tt , atlt ption of.t a Ge eraJ ' xt,
__
The organization of the General Plan can thus be visualized as follows:
• Document 1
• Document 2
Master Environmental Assessment
• Document 3
Environmental Impact Report
Technical Appendices
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
June 16, 1993 I-10
...............................
I. LAND USE +'
A. INTRODUCTION
Planning for the long-range use of land in the City is akin to fitting together the pieces of a
three-dimensional jigsaw puzzle. Each "piece" of land has unique opportunities and constraints,
but may also have many needs or conditions that are shared by surrounding pieces, such as
utilities, fire protection, and noise. Each piece must be weighed individually, as well as together
with surrounding pieces as an integrated whole. Finally, all pieces must be weighed together to
assure that their combined pattern best fulfills the short- and long-term needs of the community.
The I a u ` st e > et of the General Plan provides a
framework to unify and organize these "pieces" around several central themes, so that
development of remaining open land will enhance. these themes and
k ft►aids� uE. tlEtt' Dd 'tstt.
B. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
California law requires that each city and county prepare and adopt a comprehensive, long term
general plan for its physical development. Government Code Section 65302(a) requires that local
general plans include a land use element as part of the required general plan. This requirement
is intended to ensure that communities achieve and maintain a logical land use pattern, as well as
standards for population density and development intensity which is consistent with community
goals and objectives. Thus, the land use element has the broadest scope of the general plan
elements required by State law.
C. EXISTING CONDITIONS
Diamond Bar is located at the junction of two major Southern California freeways (57 and 60) in
the southeastern corner of Los Angeles County. Although identified as one of the first planned
communities in the west, it developed mainly as individual detached single family residential
tracts, with a minimal amount of commercial and other non-residential uses.
The City incorporated in 1989, after developing under the jurisdiction of Los Angeles County for
almost 30 years. Historical patterns of development under the County have created isolated
multi -family areas, small commercial centers with limited access, and a general fragmentation of
uses in the City.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-1
1. Residential Uses
Diamond Bar is comprised of rolling hills and valleys between rapidly urbanizing freeway
( ) y er"Cran sett j 1C:>p ; lueti feast
corridors west and north and the undisturbed gena
-and south). According to the California Department of Finance, the City has a total of P,66
dwelling units that presently house a population of 53,6residents ti999j '** The
City is primarily residential,
Single family detached units represent the majority of the City's housing stock _nkg e_
414 pereen!). The remaining 5.945 units are stinehed (muki femi1y) units or mobile honteg vvffi+
4,132 eandeminiums (23.3 Fereent), - 649 aFeriments (3.4 pereeni), and 294 Mobile homes (I.
pereent) Approximately 49 Wtixot of the single family unitsr-==____; are on large,
"rural" residential lots (one acre or more). In general, development densities are greater in the
flatter portions of the City (west), while larger lots predominate in the upland areas (east).
Along the 57 and 60 freeway corridors, single family lots are generally under 10,000 square feet.
Detached single family developments in these areas have been built at 3-8 5 dwelling units per
acre, which represents over half of the City's entire housing stock. While single family
development predominates, multi -family projects can be found along Diamond Bar Boulevard,
south of Grand, and on Golden Spring Drive, north of Diamond Bar Boulevard. These
developments usually occupy small sites along major roadways, and are built at 10-20 units per
acre. The more dense multi -family projects (16 units per acre) are usunilp older condominiums
approved by Los Angeles County prior to incorporation. This western half of the City generally
contains the older housing, built in the 1960s and early 70s. The City also has four apartment
complexes of moderate density (10.9-16.7 units per acre), with most located on major arterials
such as Diamond Bar Boulevard.
Typical of most affluent suburban communities in hillside areas; lot size, unit size, and unit price
in Diamond Bar generally increase with the degree of slope. East of Diamond Bar Boulevard,
development density (units/acre) decreases as lot size increases. "The Country," a private gate -
guarded community, contains 616 homes and occupies 855.5 acres along and just west of the ridge
separating the City from Tonner Canyon. Here, lots may be several acres or more, depending on
the severity of the slope.
2. Non -Residential Uses
Non-residential uses comprise t0. i;867 acres -- ' percent of the City's land area.
Commercial uses occupy 182 ■ereo (f ^ 8Mr.4 wolft0 percent of tetal), mainly located along
Diamond Bar Boulevard and portions of Golden Springs Drive/Colima Road. Office uses occupy
approximately 140 acres, with a major 110 -acre corporate office complex located just east of the
southern intersection of the 57 and 60 freeways; this Gateway Corporate Center is presently less
than half completed. Approximately 84 acres of industrial/business park uses are located along
Brea Canyon Road, north of Lycoming Avenue. Parks, public facilities, open space, and roads
occupy the remaining 4.463 Beres—( pereen! gt ,
The building areas shown in Tables I-1 and I-2 are for existing commercial, office, and light
industrial uses and were calculated based on representative samples of shopping centers, office
parks, and industrial parks within Diamond Bar. Building area can be estimated based on Floor
Area Ratio (FAR), or the ratio of building area in square feet divided by the total area of the site
(in square feet). For example, a building with 17,500 square feet on a 1 acre site (43,560 square
feet) has an FAR of 0.40 (17,500 divided by 43,560). Local leasing companies were contacted to
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-2
obtain total site and building square footages. Detailed data on local FARs was not available,
because most shopping centers support a variety of commercial, office, and/or business park uses.
However, a selective but representative survey of local centers indicates the following FARs are
most applicable to Diamond Bar uses, and can be considered representative for planning
purposes: Commercial = 0.24, Office = 0.38, and Business Park = 0.32.
Other major non-residential land uses include the Diamond Bar Golf Course (178 acres), schools
158 acres), and arks 109 acres At resent, there are '
( ) p ( )• p $pgr`a�atriy 2.; 2,"? acres of
vacant open land potentially available for development and/or preservation. The largest parcel of
vacant land is the Tres Hermanos property, at the northeast corner of the City, between Grand
Avenue and the Pomona (60) Freeway. Figure I-1 shows the location of existing land uses within
Diamond Bar.
4. Sphere Of Influence
The City of Diamond Bar's Sphere of Influence, as presenily approved by the Los Angeles County
Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO), encompasses 3,591 acres immediately south of the
City limits to the Los Angeles ous#y/Orange County border. This sphere area represents the
middle portion of Tonner Canyon -- an undeveloped northeast/southwest trending wooded canyon.
This portion of the canyon is primarily owned by the Boy Scouts of America and utilized for
their Firestone Boy Scout Reservation. The Scout Reservation is an unimproved camping facility,
and the only improved uses in the canyon arc scattered campground support buildings, a water
tower on the southern ridge, and a commercial radio tower on the northern ridge.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 I-3
Table 1-1
.... ......
City -Wide Land Use (1990)
..... .......
....... . . ........... ..... ......
.. ..... . ..... ...
... ...... . . . ......
.. . .. .....
ExIsting U ses
..... .......
.. Resi en
'd
Percent: of.,..,
Pe ent of
..........
...... .... . . .-.:UA0d Uses :: ....
..... . .. .... ....
...
Residential.
. ... ............
Total:*Acre
... .. .... . . .. . . ......
... ......... . ........ .. ..
Acres:,.
nits
Acreage..
. .... ......
Rural/Hillside
855.5
646
638
17.2
8.9
Single Family
3656.8
4197
73.8
38.2
Multi -Family
418.0
4,-74
8.5
4.3
Mobile Homes
22.1
-294
0.5
0.2
Residential Subtotal
4,952.4
17,664-17-013
100.0
51.6
... ...... ...... ..
. .. ...... . -
Existing Uses
Non e -Residential l.
Percent of Non:
..
Land Uses
RiMlentha
percent of"
...... .
.... . .....
.... ....................
Acres
..
Acreage
TotAlAcres
Commercial
181.8
9.7
1.9
Office
138.5
i,904,009
7.4
1.4
Business Park
83.6
2,29g,wo
1,165,000
4.5
0.9
Public Facilities
211.7
11.3
2.2
Parks/Rec/Open Space
464.2
24.9
0.5
Fwyw/Major Roads
787.1
42.2
8.2
Residential Subtotal
1,866.9E
0.
100.0
19.5
Vacant Land
2,763.7
0
28.8
TOTAL
9,583.0
100.0
Source: The Planning Network, 1990; California Department of Finance, 1993.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 14
Table I-2
Sphere of Influence Land Use (1990)
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-5
Tasting Uses
Resi...... l
Percent of;
percent of
Land Uses
Residential
Acres
Acres
UnitsTotal
Acreage
Rural/Hillside
Single Family
Multi -Family
Mobile Homes
Residential Subtotal
0
0
0
0
Existing Uses
N,-
Percent of Non•
_
pet cent of
Land Uses
Residential
Acres
Units
Acreage
Total Acres
Commercial
Office
Business Park
Public Facilities
1.7
0.05
0.05
Parks/Rec/Open Space
3,589.3
99.95
99.95
Fwyw/Major Roads
Non -Residential Subtotal
3,591.0
100.0
Vacant Land
TOTAL
3,591.0
0.0
100.0
100.0
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-5
GENERAL PLAN
Figure 1-5
Existing Land Use
?N%:7
NORIH 0 2000 4000 8000 FEET
RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL
OFFICE
INDUSTRAL
PARKSISCHOOLSIPUBLIC FACILITIES
VACANT/OPEN LANDS
CITY LIMITS
SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
Figure 1-5
Existing Land Use
?N%:7
NORIH 0 2000 4000 8000 FEET
D. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ISSUES
The four major land use issues identified in the Master Environmental Assessment are: 1) land use mix
(including open space and economic implications); 2) capacities of the natural and man-made
environment to accommodate growth (infrastructure and service costs); 3) City image, including
community design and land use compatibility); and 4) local versus regional needs and short-term versus
long-term solutions (especially concerning circulation).
1. Land Use Mix
a.
e nioatiaa n# beed.. w...... a
Determining the status of remaining open lands within hillside areas is a major policy decision facing the
...................
City. As part of the General Plan p??�g�yp�t, an "Open Land Survey" was conducted to identify possible
development restrictions that might have previously been approved by the County. The survey found
that various types of notations and restrictions had been placed by the County on the subdivision maps
creating these open lands. In some case, deed restrictions were imposed to ensure that development
would not occur on open lands; however, many other notations and "restrictions" were ambiguous.
ISSUE ANALYSIS:
b Upe Spac;:UeSt�ilot: aTt+dresealion
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1943
Land Use Element
1-7
The City presently has a modest budget with a small operating reserve. Municipal costs generally tend
to increase faster than revenues, and service needs can be expected to increase faster than services can be
provided. Therefore, the City should control service costs while seeking ways to increase City revenues.
City governments have two ultimate sources of revenue: local residents and businesses.
As a means of increasing revenues, the City could attempt to increase property tax revenues by
establishing Diamond Bar as an exclusive community. This might be accomplished by significantly
lowering allowable densities on remaining vacant land and encouraging development of remaining vacant
lands as guard -gated communities. While resale and new houses in the City command fairly high prices
(slightly over $300,000), market research shows that home prices must exceed half a million dollars before
property tax revenues approach municipal costs for service. In addition, after the passage of Proposition
13 in 1978, cities receive a much lower proportion of their revenues from local property taxes. Available
data also indicates that lower priced single family, condominiums, and other attached multi -family
housing cost proportionately more for services than they generate revenues.
A second source of additional revenue to the City would be in sales taxes generated by expanded or new
local businesses. In general, market research shows that retail commercial uses generate significantly
positive municipal revenues compared to costs. By comparison, business park uses generally "break even,"
while office uses cost more to serve than the revenues they produce for a City.
The third source of additional revenues for the City would be new or higher user fees, taxes, or service
assessments. There are a variety of such charges available to cities that can be applied to either residents
and/or businesses.
For these reasons, economic factors are closely tied to land use decisions; the amount and variety of
non-residential (especially commercial) uses allowed in the City will largely define its revenue options as it
determines the types of services it can provide. Aside from property taxes and per capita subventions,
sales taxes are often the largest source of municipal revenues. However, the post -Proposition 13
pendulum may swing some other way in the future, and it is important for the City to make sound land
use decisions based on the long-term quality of the living environment, rather than solely on the economic
benefits of unpredictable market trends.
There are four fundamental marketing strategies that cities typically employ, relative to commercial land,
to generate positive municipal revenues/costs. Cities can choose to attract low- to middle -range shoppers,
or they may decide to focus on upper- or high-end buyers. Depending on location, cities can also choose
between attracting local buyers, or exploiting more regional shoppers. Fortunately, Diamond Bar can take
advantage of all of these marketing strategies to maximize its economic diversity. The City could develop
an area with good freeway visibility and access for high-end specialty commercial and office uses. These
uses could attract local, as well as a considerable amount of regional shoppers. High end office uses
could also be located nearby to support these commercial uses. There are also several large shopping
centers in the City with good freeway visibility and access, which can support regional, freeway -serving, or
community commercial uses. Smaller shopping centers located on major streets within the developed
portions of Diamond Bar should be oriented mainly for local use. The City also has the potential to take
advantage of regional mid-range shopping opportunities in the undeveloped northeastern portion of the
City, along the Pomona freeway.
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Land Use Element
I-8
ISSUE ANALYSIS: 77tere is a need to encourage a variety of new or expanded commercial uses
and other non-residential development, as well as investigate other funding
mechanisms, to help finance City services.
Capabilities Of The Natural And Man -Made Environment
a. Natural Resources
Events of this decade have highlighted our limited regional resources, such as air quality, water, and solid
waste disposal. As a new city, Diamond Bar needs to establish its own position on these environmental
issues. Although the City is largely built out, additional growth could place unacceptable limits on
- sensitive or scarce resources.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need for the City to plat: for growth in ways that protect and
conserve natural resources and the environment.
b. � Infrastructure Capabilities
At present, the City has a fairly new infrastructure system and operates its services with a slight surplus
of revenues. However, as the City ages, maintenance and service costs go up faster than municipal
revenues increase. The current mix of land uses within the City is insufficient to adequately fund long-
range capital and operating needs.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to plats now for the maintenance of existing facilities, fund
new facilities, and support future services to continue the quality of life in
Diamond Bar.
3' + City Image
ai Master Planned Community
Although identified as the first master -planned community in the west, Diamond Bar is essentially a series
of individual residential tracts, with local commercial and multiple family projects located at arterial
intersections. As such, it lacks certain unifying features that provide a focus for the City, and which serve
to reinforce the sense of community. However, the City has a reputation as a "good community," and thus
has many options as to the image it can project in the future. The vision of the General Plan offers the
opportunity to unify these elements into a more cohesive community. Of particular interest in the
General Pian program is the creation of open space areas for use by local residents, as well as the
upgrading of development standards to ensure a pleasant environment in new developments within the
City.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: 77tere is a need to foster a City image that reflects and defines the
community's quality of life.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 I-9
iti s Land Use Compatibility
A major goal of the community is to protect existing neighborhoods and their character. At the same
time there are outside pressures on the City to help solve regional traffic problems. In general, housing
densities, types of units, and lot sizes should be maintained in established residential areas. In some
cases, the desire to protect the character of existing neighborhoods may require remedial action to
eliminate uses that are not compatible, or that are not appropriate for a specific area. Remedial action
may range from eliminating or minimizing conflicts (walls to block freeway noise), to designating areas for
more appropriate uses.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to protect the character of existing neighborhoods.
1. + Local vs. Regional Needs/Short-Term vs. Long -Term Solutions
a. Circulation
Diamond Bar presently provides a number of "short cuts" for regional commuters during periods of
freeway congestion. The City may choose
09, stleh as !he Staie to take appropriate measures to relieve regional congestion which would
ultimately free up local roads for predominately local use.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a strong desire to prevent regional commuter traffic frorn impacting
local traffic.
LAND USE GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND
STRATEGIES
7T IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TO
ENSURE THAT THE LAND USES AND DEVELOPMENT DECISIONS OF DIAMOND BAR
ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR ITS RESIDENTS."
GOAL 1 "Maintain a mix of land uses which enhance the quality of life of Diamond Bar
residents, consistent with its desire to maintain its quality and distinctiveness as a
planned community."
Objective 1.1 Establish a land use classification system to guide the public and private use of land within the
City and its_sphere of .in luence.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Identify residential land use categories to provide an appropriate range of housing
types for residential development within the City and its sphere of influence.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 I-10
a. Designate hillside areas with an average slope greater than 25 percent as
Rural Residential (RR) on the Land Use map. The maximum gross density
of Rural Residential will be 1.0 dwelling unit per gross acre (1 du/ac).
Designate townhome, condominium, apartment, mobilehome, and other
multiple family residential properties as Medium Density Residential (RM)
on the Land Use map. Maintain a maximum density of 16.0 dwelling units
per gross acre (16 du/ac) within these areas.
1.1.2 Identify commercial land use categories to provide for a range of retail and service
uses to serve City needs and to guide development within the City and its sphere of
influence.
a. Establish General Commercial (C) areas to provide for regional,
freeway -oriented, and/or community retail and service commercial uses.
Development of General Commercial areas will maintain a floor area ratio
(FAR) between 0.25 and 1.00.
b. Designate Commercial Office (CO) land use areas on diverse, mixed use
commercial retail, office, and service properties. Development within
Commercial Office areas will maintain an FAR between 0.25 and 1.00.
C. Designate Professional Office (OP) areas to provide for the establishment
of office -based working environments for general, professional, and
administrative offices, as well as support uses. Development within
Professional Office areas will maintain an FAR between 0.25 and 1.00.
1.1.3 Areas designated Light Industrial (1) on the General Plan Land Use map are to
provide for light industrial, research and development, and office -based industrial
firms seeking a pleasant and attractive working environment, as well as for business
uiamona tsar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Land Use Element
support services, and commercial uses requiring more land area than is available
in General Commercial or Commercial Office areas. These areas will maintain a
maximum floor area ratio of 0.25 to 1.00.
1.1.4 The Public Facilities (PF) designation is designed to identify existing or potential
(future) sites for necessary public facilities or infrastructure improvements. The
primary purpose of land designated as Public Facilities, is to provide areas for the
conduct of public and institutional activities, including but not necessarily limited
to, local, State, and federal agencies, special districts, and both public and private
utilities. These uses maintain development standards which do not exceed that of
the most restrictive adjacent designation.
1.1.5 Areas designated as Open Space (OS) provide recreational opportunities,
preservation of scenic and environmental values, protection of resources (water
reclamation and conservation), and protection of public safety. This designation
also includes lands which have been deed restricted to open space as the result of
previous subdivision activities. This designation carries with it a maximum
development potential of one single family unit per parcel, unless building was
previously restricted or prohibited on such properties by the County.
1.1.6 Provide Park (PK) designations for existing and future public parks. Designate the
Diamond Bar Country Club as Golf Course. Designate major private recreational
facilities (e.g. Little League ball fields, YMCA, the park within The Country) as
Private Recreation (PR).
1.1.7 Encourage the innovative use of land resources and development of a variety of
housing and other development types, provide a means to coordinate the public and
private provision of services and facilities, and address the unique needs of certain
lands by recognizing a Planned Development (PD) designation, in which residential,
commercial, recreational, public facilities, and other land uses may be permitted.
This designation is to be applied to properties which are generally surrounded by
existing development, and where creative approaches are needed to integrate the
proposed development into existing development patterns.
1.1.8 Encourage the innovative use of land resources and development of a variety of
housing and other development types, provide a means to coordinate the public and
private provision of services and facilities, and address the unique needs of certain
lands by recognizing a Specific Plan (SP) designation for large scale development
areas in which residential, commercial, recreational, public facilities, and other land
uses may be permitted. This designation ina €te is to be applied `#& t u to
large properties on the periphery of Diamond Bar which are to be developed into
self-supporting planned communities within the overall context of the Diamond Bar
community.
1.1.9 Recognize existing land use designations within the Diamond Bar sphere of influence
by recognizing an Agricultural (AG) designation for the Tonner Canyon area.
Within this designation, permit agricultural and compatible open space and
recreation uses (see also Land Use Element Strategy 1.6.3).
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Land Use Element
I-12
Objective 1.2 Preserve and maintain the quality of existing residential neighborhoods while offering a variety of
housing opporunities.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Where feasible and practical within residential developments, encourage a range of
housing types, which will appeal to a variety of household income groups.
1.2.2 Maintain a system of identifiable, complementary neighborhoods, providing, where
appropriate, neighborhood identity signage, and ensuring that such signage is well
maintained over time.
1.2.3 Maintain the integrity of residential neighborhoods by discouraging through traffic
and preventing the creation of new major roadway connections through existing
residential neighborhoods.
1.2.4 Maintain residential areas which protect natural resources and hillsides.
a. Development in hillside areas should be designed to be: compatible with
surrounding natural areas; compatible to the extent practical with
surrounding development; aesthetically pleasing and provide views from the
development, but not at the expense of views of the development.
b. Earthwork in hillside areas should utilize contour or landform grading.
1.2.5 Maintain residential areas which provide for ownership of single family housing and
Require that new development be compatible with the prevailing character of the
surrounding neighborhood.
1.2.6 Broaden the range of, and encourage innovation in, housing types, when possible,
require developments within Medium Density Residential (RM) areas to provide
amenities such as common usable, active open space and recreational areas.
1.2.7 Where consistent with the other provisions of the Diamond Bar General Plan,
encourage the provision of low and moderate cost housing (see also Housing Goals,
Objectives, and Strategies in this document).
1.2.8 Provide density bonuses of up <t ' 25 percent or mar.. for projects which provide:
a. housing designed for senior citizens, or provide a minimum of 10 percent
of its units at rates affordable to housing low and moderate income
households; and
b, exemplary design and significant amenities beyond minimum requirements.
1.2.9 Density calculations for development proposals that offer significant community
amenities may include land previously designated as open space if clustering and/or
the transfer of development rights are utilized to protect those open space resources
determined to be significant by the City. This process would allow a property owner
Diamond Bar General Pian Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-13
to "transfer" all or part of the development potential of an entire site (either units
or buildings) to a smaller portion of the site or another site, thus preserving the
remaining land.
Objective 1.3 Designate adequate land for retail and service commercial, professional services, and other
employment generating uses in sufficient quantity to meet the City's needs.
Strategies:
13.1 Designate such lands for commercial use as are necessary to minimize sales tax
leakage out of Diamond Bar and to capture the City's fair share of sales tax
revenue.
a. Identify retail needs which are not being met in the community.
b. Define and implement an economic development program to attract needed
commercial uses to .the City.
1.3.2 Encourage the development of businesses that take advantage of locations visible
from the freeway.
a. Within the General Commercial designation, appropriate land uses include
a broad range of retail commercial and service uses.
1.3.3 Encourage neighborhood serving retail and service commercial uses.
a. Typical uses in the Commercial Office category include general retail,
specialty retail, markets, food and drug stores, commercial services,
restaurants, automotive repair and service, hardware and home
improvement centers, recreation, professional and business offices, financial
institutions, medical offices, and real estate offices.
1.3.4 Encourage the:TCiCtWt7k1, rehabilitation refurbishment, and/or expansion of existing
yes ttsmcs� .a....a
:000090 00 tiref uhteh generate sales tax
revenues to the City, where consistent with other provisions of the General Plan and
Development Code.
1.3.5 Encourage employment -generating uses in locations that serve the city's needs.
a. Professional Office areas are to provide for the establishment of office -based
working environments for general, professional, and administrative offices,
as well as necessary support uses.
b. The Gateway Corporate Center in particular offers large lots with a capacity
for multi -story buildings, and is designed to take advantage of unique
locations with good freeway access, as well as access to miscellaneous
support uses. Buildings adjacent to the freeways along Gateway and
Bridgegate should have a maximum of six (6) stories). Buildings along
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993
I-14
Copley and Valley Vista should have a maximum of eight (8) stories. Trees
native to the area should be used to obstruct unsightly views.
C. Within the Professional Office designation, appropriate uses include
administrative and professional offices; business related retail and service
functions, restaurants, health clubs, financial institutions, medical and
health care facilities, service stations, vocational and trade schools,
corporate offices, financial institutions, brokerage firms, and multi -tenant
offices. Commercial uses allowed in areas that support office uses include
limited convenience commercial, specialty retail, hotel/conference facilities,
and restaurants.
d. Within the Light Industrial designation, allowable uses include light
manufacturing, assembly, wholesaling, and warehousing conducted within an
enclosed building; small scale warehousing and distribution; administrative
and professional uses; business support uses; eating and drinking
establishments; personal services; retail sales of durable goods (in support
of primary activities); and research and development. In addition,
administrative offices supporting the primary industrial use of the property
may be permitted.
1.3.6 Permit commercial and employment -generating land uses to exceed a basic maximum
FAR of 0.25 in exchange for consolidation of individual lots into a coordinated
project; provision of enhanced amenities such as public art, plaza areas, open space
and landscaping, and pedestrian facilities in excess of required minimums; or
provision of housing within a mixed use project.
Objective 1.4 Designate adequate land for educational, cultural, recreational, and public service activities to
meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Ensure that land owned and purchased for public use by public agencies is
designated on the Land Use map for public purposes Specific uses within the Public
Facilities category, as shown on the Land Use map include water facilities, fire
stations, schools, parks, libraries, and similar facilities.
1.4.2 Promote joint development and use of parks and open space facilities with adjacent
jurisdictions; promote development of joint school/park sites.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-15
1.4.3 When a public agency determines that land it owns is no longer needed, ensure that
the property is offered to other agencies, including the City of Diamond Bar, for
public uses, prior to conversion to private sector use.
1.4.4 Designate and pursue acquisition of a centralized site for use as a civic/multi-
purpose community center.
Objective 1.5 Maintain a feeling of open space within the community by identifying and preserving an adequate
amount of open land.
Strategies:
1.5.2 Identify lands to be preserved in open space along with funding mechanisms .
a. Investigate the need for a bond issuance to purchase open space areas not
already protected by open space restrictions.
b. Investigate the need for establishment of one or more Landscape and
Lighting Districts to provide for open space improvements and maintenance.
C. Investigate the potential for establishment of a maintenance district for
privately -owned, slope areas that are along or visible from major roadways.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16. 1993 1-16
Objective 1.6 Provide flexibility in the planning of new development as a means of encouraging superior design.
........................
......................
........................
�tt�iteg�es
1.6.1 Within the Planned Development classification, all residential land uses considered
to be appropriate within the City of Diamond Bar, as well as support uses (e.g. open
space and recreation, public facilities, commercial, limited employment -generating
uses), may be appropriate, as determined in the development review process.
1.6.2 Require that Planned Development projects provide a greater level of community
amenities and cohesiveness, achieve superior design, and create a more desirable
living environment than could be achieved through conventional subdivision design
and requirements.
1.6.3 At such time as development might be proposed, encourage formulation of a specific
plan..pu;suant to the provisions of Government Code Section 65450 for thei1e
t>f1tre Tt►nner Ganyon area that will protect its unique biological and open
space resources, create fiscal benefits for the City and enhance its infrastructure,
while minimizing future adverse impacts to both the human and natural
environment of the City, as well as the region (see Strategy 1.1.4 of the Physical
Mobility Element).
1.6.4 Encourage formulation of a specific plan pursuant to the provisions of Government
Code Section 65450 for the 800 acres in the northeast segment of the City known -as
Tres Hermanos. This area represents a unique opportunity to provide facilities of
a type and in a manner which take advantage of the site_ Facilities appropriate for
this site should be designed based upon a vision for the future, and not merely
...............
...............
extend the patterns of the past. Such facilities ieay Sip ' d include a high school
and other educational institutions, reservoir for practical and aesthetic purposes,
commercial developments which are not typical of those found in the area, and a
variety of residential, churches, institutional, and other uses which are
complementary to the overall objective of having a master planned area.
Development within the Tres Hermanos area should be designed so as to be a part
of the Diamond Bar community, as well as _compatible with the adjacent lands.
1.6.5 Establish a process to allow the transfer of density or development rights from land
with important open space (or other resources), to land that is more suitable for
development.
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Land Use Element
1-17
1.6.6 Encourage hillside development to be clustered within the most developable portions
of project sites to preserve common open space and/or other natural resources.
Such development should be located to coordinate with long-term plans for active
parks, passive (open space) parks, and preserve natural open space areas.
a. Carefully review offers to dedicate additional open space land to the City.
Consideration will be given to soil conditions, funding of maintenance as
well as the actual dedication.
b. Carefully review development in areas designated as Rural Residential to
ensure that large lots with undisturbed open spaces are maintained
privately.
Objective 1.7 Stimulate opportunities for a population which is diverse in terms of age, occupation, income,
race, interests, and religion to interact, exchange ideas, and establish and realize common goals.
Strategies:
1.7.1 Retain and provide a hierarchy of community social gathering places, including
active and natural park lands, one or more community centers, and plaza areas
within new commercial and office complexes.
1.7.2 Maintain a public information program to inform residents of community events.
a. Whenever possible, establish permanent locations and regular dates for
community events to improve attendance and firmly fix the event(s) in the
mind of the public.
b. Encourage a "Community Calendar" as part of the local cable television
programming to inform residents about the times and locations of upcoming
community events.
1.73 Where feasible within new developments, encourage a mixture of complementary
.................
..........................
..........................
development types (e.g. GtlltgGG€81 residential, recreational, sales tax- and
employment -generating uses) which can be provided in an integrated manner.
1.7.4 Within new residential developments, encourage organization of neighborhoods into
smaller units and discourage through traffic on local streets while maintaining
pedestrian and bicycle continuity and encouraging neighborhood improvement
programs and social events.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 I-18
GOAL 2 Manage land use with respect to the location, density and intensity, and quality of
development in order to maintain consistency with the capabilities of the City and
special districts to provide essential services, and to achieve sustainable use of
environmental and manmade resources.
Objective 2.1 Promote land use panems and intensities which are consistent with the Marr-fer Resource
Management 1.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Ensure that planning programs and individual development projects within and
affecting the City recognize, and are sensitive to, environmental resource limitations.
a. Prior to approving new development or the intensification of existing
development within the City of Diamond Bar, ensure that the environmental
consequences of the proposed action have been recognized.
b. When reviewing plans and development projects referred to the City by
adjacent jurisdictions, insist that there he a recognition and appropriate
mitigation of the environmental consequences of the proposed action.
2.1.2 Ensure that new development utilizes feasible contemporary technologies to reduce
energy and water consumption, generation of solid and hazardous wastes, and air
and water pollutant emissions.
2.1.3 Ensure that time -specific issues are evaluated as part of the review of new
development and intensification of existing development. For example, when deemed
appropriate by the City, require prior to approval that biological assessments be
prepared through the seasonal cycle of plants or the seasonal migration of animals.
Objective 2.2 Maintain an organized pattem of land use which minimizes conflicts between adjacent land uses.
Strategies:
2.2.1 Require that new developments be compatible with surrounding land uses
2.2.2 Prohibit the development of adjacent land uses with significantly different intensities,
or that have operating characteristics which could create nuisances along a common
boundary, unless an effective buffer can be created.
2.3.2 Where -land- uses -of significantly different -intensity or. use are planned adjacent to
each other, ensure that individual site designs and operations are managed in such
a manner as to avoid the creation of nuisances and hazards.
2.2.3 Require that new developments be designed so as to respect the views of existing
developments; provide view corridors which are oriented toward existing or proposed
community amenities, such as a park, open space, or natural features. As part of
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-19
the Development Code, adopt clear standards to identify the extent to which views
can, and will, be protected from impacts by new development and intensification of
existing development.
Objective 2.3 Ensure that future development occurs only when consistent with the availability and adequacy
of public services and facilities.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Through the environmental and development review processes, ensure that adequate
services and facilities are available to support each development.
2.3.2 Require new development to pay its fair share of the public facilities and offsite
improvements needed to serve the proposed use.
GOAL 3 Maintain recognition within Diamond Bar and the surrounding region as being a
community with a well planned and aesthetically pleasing physical environment.
Objective 3.1 Create visual points of reference, both within the community and on its boundaries, as a means
of highlighting community identity.
Strategies:
3.1.1 Develop and locate City entry monuments, highlighting key community entry points
and open space areas to identify Diamond Bar to local and commuter traffic.
3.1.2 Where feasible and appropriate, add areas for landscaping, such as in medians or
by widening parkways within the primary arterial roadway system, as a means of
traffic control, providing pedestrian amenities, and as an aesthetic feature for the
community.
3.1.3 Pursue the establishment and expansion of landscape maintenance districts as a
means of ensuring the ongoing maintenance of medians and community entry
statements, as well as maintenance of landscaping of hillsides along major roadways.
3.1.4 Consider a program to place public art at prominent locations throughout the City
of Diamond Bar.
3.1.5 Encourage the provision and maintenance of neighborhood identification signage.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-20
Objective 3.2 Ensure that new development, and intensification of existing development, vields a pleasant living
worUng or shopping environment, and attracts interest of residents, workers, shoppers, and visitors
as the result of consistent exemplary design.
Strategies:
3.2.1 Within the urban residential portions of the City, require the incorporation of open
space and recreational areas into the design of new projects. Within topographically
rugged and rural areas, emphasize the preservation of natural landforms and
vegetation, where appropriate.
3.2.2 Require in the Development Code that setbacks from streets and adjacent properties
relate to the scale of the structure as well as the size of the street right-of-way.
Require that building setbacks along roadways be varied so as to avoid a
monotonous street scene.
3.2.3 Minimize the use of block walls unless they are needed for a specific screening,
safety, or sound attenuation purpose. Where feasible, provide instead a wide open
area with informal clusters of trees, defined by split rail, wrought iron, or similar
open fencing. Where construction of a solid wall which will he visible along a public
street is necessary, provide landscaping such as trees. shrubs, or vines to break the
visual monotony, and soften the appearance of the wall, and to reduce glare, heat,
or reflection. Where solid walls currently exist along the primary roadway system,
and it is possible to retrofit landscape screens, establish a funding mechanism for
the construction of such screens.
3.2.4 Enhance pedestrian activity within residential, commercial, office, and light
industrial areas.
a. Ensure that non-residential facilities are oriented to the pedestrian, by the
incorporation of seating areas, courtyards, landscaping, and similar
measures.
b. Utilize "street furniture" (decorative planters, bike racks, benches) to create
and enhance urban open spaces.
C. Design commercial and office projects so as to have a central place, main
focus, or feature.
d. Utilize varied building setbacks and staggered elevations to create plaza -like
areas which attract pedestrians, whenever possible.
32.5 Require that automobile service facilities and commercial loading areas be oriented
away from the street frontage and from residential edges wherever possible to
minimize sight and sound impacts.
3.2.6 Where the rear or sides of commercial, office, or other non-residential buildings will
be visible within a residential neighborhood, ensure that the visible elevations will
be treated in such a manner as to provide a pleasing appearance.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-21
3.2.7 Ensure that commercial developments are designed with a precise concept for
adequate signage, including provisions for sign placement and number, as well as
sign scale in relationship to the building, landscaping, and readability as an integral
part of the signage concept. Ensure that signs are integrated into the overall site
and architectural design theme of commercial developments.
3.2.8 In conjunction with area utility companies, pursue a program of undergrounding
overhead utility lines.
3.2.9 Include within the Development Code requirements for the size and quantity of trees
to be planted within new development and intensification of existing development.
Objective 3.3 Protect the visual quality and character of remaining natural areas, and ensure that hillside
development 'ids not create unsafe conditions.
Strategies:
3.3.1 Balance the retention of the natural environment with its conversion to urban forms.
3.3.2 Promote incorporation of hillside features into project designs.
3.3.3 As part of the Development Code, maintain hillside development regulations that are
sensitive to natural contours and land forms.
3.3.4 Limit grading to the minimum necessary.
3.3.5 Require that all manufactured slopes be landscaped and that, where practical,
landform grading and planting techniques be implemented in the construction of
manufactured slopes.
a. Foliage used in planting plans should be drought tolerant, fire resistant,
and have colors similar those of native materials in the surrounding area.
b. Within landform graded slopes, plants should be grouped within swale areas
to more closely reflect natural conditions.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 I-22
GOAL 4 "Encourage long-term and regional perspectives in local land use decisions, but not at
the expense of the quality of life for Diamond Bar residents."
Objective 4.1 Promote and cooperate in efforts to provide reasonable regional land use and transportation
planning programs.
Strategies:
4.1.1 Take a proactive role to coordinate Diamond Bar's land use plan with those of
<: r
surrounding eentmemHes tjt es.: .. ►e €ag ses.
4.1.2 Consider the potential impacts of proposed Diamond Bar developments on
neighboring jurisdictions as part of the development review process. Notify
neighboring jurisdictions when considering changes to the City's existing land use
pattern.
4.1.3 Take a proactive role to maintain communications with local, regional. State, and
federal, and other agencies whose planning programs may affect Diamond Bar.
Objective 4.2 Maintain City boundaries which are reasonable in terns of existing service capabilities, social and
economic interdependencies, citizen desires, and City costs and revenues.
Strategies:
4.2.1 Seek annexation of those areas which have primary access through Diamond Bar
and whose residents and businesses are most logically served by the City.
4.2.2 Consider annexation of additional areas including expansion of the adopted Sphere
of Influence, where the following findings can be made:
a. Compatibility exists with the goals and desires of the people and the City
of Diamond Bar as a whole;
b. The proposed annexation is consistent with goals and objectives of the
General Plan;
C. Significant benefits will be derived by the City and affected property
owners/residents upon annexation;
d. There _.exists_ a. significant social .and _economic interdependence and
interaction between the City of Diamond Bar and the area proposed for
annexation.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
June 16, 1993 1-23
a� ( 1
IL HOUSING ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the Plan for Housing is to identify local housing problems and needs, relate those needs to
the City's proportionate share of regional housing needs, and to identify measures necessary to mitigate and
alleviate these needs and problems for all economic segments of the community. The key purpose of this
section is to contribute to meeting the State housing goals as stated below:
"The availability of housing is of vital statewide importance, and the early attainment of
decent housing and a suitable living environment for every California family is a priority of
the highest order" (Government Code Section 65581).
The Plan for Housing is intended to provide residents of the community and local government officials with
a greater understanding of the housing needs in Diamond Bar and to provide guidance to the decision-making
process in all matters relating to housing. In 1967, housing elements became the third mandated part of
general plans. During the ensuing 15 years, numerous revisions were made to the required contents of
community housing elements. In 1981. Article 10.6 of the Government Code, commonly referred to as the
Roos Bill, was enacted and now describes the content requirements of local housing elements. The Housing
Element, in complying with the letter and spirit of Article 10.6, must respond to the three major issues which
are listed below:
An assessment of local housing needs and an inventory of local resources and constraints
relevant to meeting these local needs.
A statement(s) of community's goals, quantified objectives, and policies relative to the
maintenance, improvement and development of housing.
A program which sets forth a five-year schedule of actions the local government is
undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and
objectives of the Housing Element.
In 1977, "Housing Element Guidelines" were published by the State Department of Housing and Community
Development (HCD). The guidelines spelled out not only the detailed content requirements of housing
elements but also gave the HCD a "review and approval" function over this element of the General Plan. In
1981, the Roos Bill placed the guidelines into statutory language and changed the HCD's role from "review
and approval" to one of "review and comment" on local housing elements.
State law requires an update of local housing elements every five years, so that they contain the most current
version of the Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA), developed by the local Council of Governments.
The RHNA report estimates the total projected need for housing in the region, then provides the
proportionate share each city must provide. For this six -county region, the Southern California Association
of Governments (SCAG) is the local Council of Governments for Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San
Bernardino, Ventura, and Santa Barbara counties. SCAG currently reviews local housing elements for their
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -1
consistency with the most recent (1987) RHNA figures. In early 1989, SCAG also provided an update for
newly incorporated cities; however, Diamond Bar incorporated only a few months after the deadline for the
update, so there are no current RHNAfigures available for the City. It is therefore difficult to quantify local
housing needs with no framework to calculate relevant figures. When detailed data is available from the next
revised RHNA(1991), the City will be able to provide a quantified analysis to the level of detail required for
the housing section of the Plan for Community Development.
Local housing elements generally use population and housing data based either on the regular decennial
federal census, or on updated figures from SCAG or other regional planning groups (such as Los Angeles
County). While the City was not incorporated during the 1980 census data, the City incorporated just prior
to enumeration of the 1990 census.
After adoption of the General Plan by the City Council, a revised housing section of the Plan for Community
Development will be required by 1996, as well as annual updates. Starting in 1992, data and statistics from
the 1990 Federal Census of Population and Housing will be utilized in updates and revisions.
The 1996 Housing section of the Plan for Community Development will be able to utilize the entire 1990
census and RHNA data for Diamond Bar, and will be able to monitor progress towards achieving the
established five-year goals, policies, and programs of the Housing Element, to determine how well they have
met the housing needs of the community.
The Plan for Housing is organized to present information according to the following four principal topics,
as outlined in the state housing element guidelines:
• Housing Needs Assessment
• Inventory of Resources and Constraints
• Statement of Goals, Objectives and Policies
• Five -Year Housing Plan
B. CITIZEN PARTICIPATION
Elected officials appointed a General Plan Advisory Committee to identify housing issues in the City. This
committee met on a regular basis for over a year. All committee meetings were open to the public, and
representatives were selected based on their interests or knowledge on particular local issues, including
housing. In addition, the Land Use and Housing sections of the Plan for Community Development underwent
various workshops and hearings, including presentations on housing data and goals, policies, and objectives
for housing within Diamond Bar.
C. HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT
. The Housing Needs Assessment encompasses the following factors:
Analysis of population and employment trends and documentation of projections and a
quantification of the locality's existing and projected housing needs for all income levels.
Such existing and projected needs include the locality's share of the regional housing need.
(Section 65583(a)(1) of the Government Code).
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -2
• Analysis and documentation of household characteristics including level of payment
compared to ability -to -pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing
stock condition. (Section 65583(a)(2)).
• Analysis of special housing needs, such as those of the handicapped, elderly, large families,
farm workers, and families with female heads of household, and families and persons in need
of emergency shelter. (Section 65583(a)(6)).
• Analysis of opportunities for energy conservation with respect to residential development.
(Section 65583(a)(7)).
1. Existing and Projected Housing Needs
a. Introduction
This section of the Plan for Housing discusses the various factors which induce a demand for housing. The
factors include a review of population and employment trends as well as the City's "share of regional housing
need".
b. Housing Stock Condition
The term "condition" refers to the physical quality of the housing stock. The quality of individual housing
units or structures may be defined as either sound, deteriorating or dilapidated. Sound housing is defined
as a structure with no major deficiencies, although the structure may require minor maintenance, painting,
and general clean-up. A deteriorated structure is one that contains several deficiencies such as patched, loose,
or missing roofing material, missing or broken windows, wood trim or siding worn, weathered or broken, paint
cracking or peeling, loose or worn wiring, etc. Lastly, dilapidated structures contain one or more major
structural deficiencies such as loose protective surface (brick, plaster, wood, siding, etc.), settled porch or roof,
weakened structure or inadequate foundation, obvious deviation from plumbing, extensive damage due to fire,
etc. The term housing "improvements" refer to the "remedial" actions necessary to correct defects in the
housing condition such as demolition, minor repairs, major repairs, and rehabilitation.
According to 1990 census figures, Diamond Bar had a total of 17,664 dwelling units and a population of 53,672
residents. The majority (71.3 percent) of Diamond Bar's housing units are single-family detached dwellings.
A complete breakdown of housing for the City in 1990 is shown in Table II -1. According to the 1990 census,
median home value in Diamond Bar was $272,900. A review of resale house price data from the California
Market Data Cooperative (CMDC) over the past two years in Diamond Bar indicates an average resale value
of $312,324 for 1991 which was up 2.7 percent from a value of $304,000 for 1990. These figures were compiled
from over 500 individual home sales per year for an average four-bedroom house with approximately 2,000
square feet that was built in 1975.
A recent housing survey of Diamond Bar indicates there are a total of 5,075 multi -family units in the City.
Of these, 4,132 are condominiums or townhomes, distributed among 26 developments, and 649 apartments
in four complexes. No local data was available on average sales prices of condominiums or townhomes. The
1990 census indicates that median rent for the City is $888. A recent survey showed rental rates in the City
from $745 to $795 for one -bedroom units, from $750 to $915 for two-bedroom units, and from $960 to $1120
for larger units (Planning Network 1991). There are also 148 apartments in the City that are restricted to
seniors only. The City also has 294 mobile home units in two trailer parks near Lycoming and Brea Canyon
Road. According to Table II -1, Diamond Bar has a smaller percentage of mobile homes than the County as
a whole.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -3
Table II -1
Diamond Bar Housing Stock (1990) 9
Source: "rwfifflated Wousi"t Lhkiw by Tlype", lim AmSelm Qualm M-paAfROR' of F�Sgieflal Planflifig, R61110441 A19, 154, Raft 5
(July !P99) California Department of Finance
1 Unincorporated area in 1988.
C. Substandard Units
Diamond Bar's housing stock is considerably younger than most of the County, with all of its housing being
built after 1960. By comparison, the Los Angeles County General Plan (Housing Element 1987) indicates that
11.5 percent of units in unincorporated areas were built prior to 1940, and 52.6 percent were built prior to
1960. Both the City's Code Enforcement Officer and the Building Official indicate that Diamond Bar has no
units that are considered substandard. There is no Census data on substandard units and units in need of
rehabilitation or replacement. However, the Census documents that of the 763 vacant housing units in the
City, only 3, or less than half of one percent, were boarded up.
d. Housing Assistance Needs
California housing law requires regional planning agencies to identity existing and future housing needs for
all income levels every five years. In addition to the distribution of housing need, regional planning agencies
must seek to avoid further "impaction" of jurisdictions with relatively high proportions of lower income
households. SCAG issued the housing assessment for Los Angeles County in the 1988 RHNAreport. Existing
need is defined as the number of resident lower income households paying 30 percent or more of their income
for housing. Although SCAG published a supplement to the RHNA documenting existing and future need
figures for new cities on February 16, 1989, it did not include Diamond Bar since it was incorporated after
this date.
According to SCAG, future need is defined as the number of additional housing units by income level that
will have to be added to each jurisdiction's housing stock from July 1, 1989 to June 30, 1994 in order to
accommodate household growth, compensate for demolitions and other inventory losses, and to achieve a 1994
vacancy rate that will allow the market to operate efficiently. In addition, the State Department of Housing
and Community Development has required that localities must account in their Housing Elements for future
needs that will have already occurred during the 1-1/2 year "gap" period from January 1, 1988, to June 30,
1989. The following four income level groups are used to define need for a particular jurisdiction:
• "VeryLow"-Less than 50 percent of the median income
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 114
Los Angeles:,:
County Percent
City of
County 1
Diamond Bar
City Percent
Single Family
294,479 f? J
46.4% S ole
i2;389 AM
744%
Multi -Family
64,3862&94�s
€ ? 9%
448"
Mobile Homes
8R14
24% tN
294
TOTAL
998,00100%
X4;664 $
100%
Source: "rwfifflated Wousi"t Lhkiw by Tlype", lim AmSelm Qualm M-paAfROR' of F�Sgieflal Planflifig, R61110441 A19, 154, Raft 5
(July !P99) California Department of Finance
1 Unincorporated area in 1988.
C. Substandard Units
Diamond Bar's housing stock is considerably younger than most of the County, with all of its housing being
built after 1960. By comparison, the Los Angeles County General Plan (Housing Element 1987) indicates that
11.5 percent of units in unincorporated areas were built prior to 1940, and 52.6 percent were built prior to
1960. Both the City's Code Enforcement Officer and the Building Official indicate that Diamond Bar has no
units that are considered substandard. There is no Census data on substandard units and units in need of
rehabilitation or replacement. However, the Census documents that of the 763 vacant housing units in the
City, only 3, or less than half of one percent, were boarded up.
d. Housing Assistance Needs
California housing law requires regional planning agencies to identity existing and future housing needs for
all income levels every five years. In addition to the distribution of housing need, regional planning agencies
must seek to avoid further "impaction" of jurisdictions with relatively high proportions of lower income
households. SCAG issued the housing assessment for Los Angeles County in the 1988 RHNAreport. Existing
need is defined as the number of resident lower income households paying 30 percent or more of their income
for housing. Although SCAG published a supplement to the RHNA documenting existing and future need
figures for new cities on February 16, 1989, it did not include Diamond Bar since it was incorporated after
this date.
According to SCAG, future need is defined as the number of additional housing units by income level that
will have to be added to each jurisdiction's housing stock from July 1, 1989 to June 30, 1994 in order to
accommodate household growth, compensate for demolitions and other inventory losses, and to achieve a 1994
vacancy rate that will allow the market to operate efficiently. In addition, the State Department of Housing
and Community Development has required that localities must account in their Housing Elements for future
needs that will have already occurred during the 1-1/2 year "gap" period from January 1, 1988, to June 30,
1989. The following four income level groups are used to define need for a particular jurisdiction:
• "VeryLow"-Less than 50 percent of the median income
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 114
• "Low" -50 to 80 percent of the median income
• "Moderate" -80 to 120 percent of the median income
• "High" -more than 120 percent of the median income
State housing laws require that, in allocating future housing need by income level, further "impaction", or
concentration of lower income households, be avoided. Cities with a percentage of lower income households
higher than the regional average are called "impacted" jurisdictions. The 1988 RHNA addresses the
"avoidance of impaction" criteria by allocating reduced percentages of lower income and increased percentages
of middle and upper income units to impacted jurisdictions while reversing the allocation to non -impacted
cities.
According to the 1988 RHNA, the unincorporated portion of Los Angeles County had 33,492 households in
the Very Low category, 16,826 households in the Low category, and 100,658 households in the Medium
category. Housing element guidelines indicate that households that pay more than 30 percent of its income
towards housing are termed "overpayment". This means that 50,318 households in the County were considered
to be overpaying for housing.
Assuming that Diamond Bar supports a proportionate share of the unincorporated County housing need,
there are 2,466 lower income households in the City paying 30 percent or more of their income for housing
(50,318 times 4.9 percent City vs. County housing). This number equals 15.9 percent of Diamond Bar's total
resident households (based on an estimated 15,500 households in 1988). This figure may be somewhat high,
given local income levels and house prices, however, there are many seniors or retired persons with fixed
incomes in the City, as well as residents that bought houses up to 15 years ago. Because the cost of housing
in this area, as throughout southern California, has risen faster than income, much of Diamond Bar's housing
wealth is not reflected in personal income figures. At present, Diamond Bar is not considered an impacted
jurisdiction (Trumbell-SCAG 1991).
According to Urban Decision Systems, Inc., Diamond Bar is expected to grow by 3,619 households over the
next five years. With no adjustments for vacancy or demolition, Diamond Bar will have an additional 575
households over the next five years that will be overpaying for housing (93,619 times 15.9 percent). However,
it should be noted that application of County -wide figures gives an inaccurate picture of housing affordability
in Diamond Bar.
According to the 1987 Los Angeles County Housing Element (page H-5), the unincorporated portion of Los
Angeles County will need 6,700 new units affordable in the Very Low category and 9,250 units in the Low
category. For Diamond Bar, this equates to 328 units in the Very Low category and 453 units in the Low
category.
The following breakdown for housing need within Diamond Bar by income level was not available prior to
submittal of the Draft Housing Element, but has since been provided by the Department of Housing and
Community Development:
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -5
Housing Need in Diamond Bar
(by income level)
Income Group
5 -Year
Annual
Very Low
117
23
Low
182
36
Moderate
144
29
Upper
338
68
TOTAL
781
156
2. Household Characteristics
An important factor in determining existing housing need is the affordability of housing. One measure of
housing affordability is the percentage of a household's gross income needed to meet monthly mortgage
payments. A criterion used by the State, SCAG, and HUDto define affordable housing is that costs should
not exceed 30 percent of gross income on housing (either owner -occupied or rental). The median household
income in Diamond Bar for 1990 has been estimated at $58,051 (Urban Decision Systems, Inc. 1990).
Assuming constant change from 1980, the 1988 median household income is estimated at $52,671. Household
income values in the Low income category (50-80 percent) would be $26,336 to $42.137. The lower figure
($26,336) also represents the upper end of the Very Low category.
The population of Diamond Bar is a diverse population represented by various minorities. The largest
minority group is Asian at 25 percent, while Latinos represent 21 percent. Demographic data suggests that
the City will remain heterogeneous with similar proportions of minorities. Now, and in the future, there will
be a need to ensure that minorities are not victims of housing discrimination.
The age -sex distribution for 1990 in Diamond Bar was very even with 26.663 males and 27,009 females. By
age -group, 28.6 percent of the City's residents are under the age of 18, while 9.9 percent are within the 18-24
age bracket.' People between the ages of 25-44 make up 38.2 percent, while 10.5 percent of the City's residents
are over 55 years of age (as shown in Table II -2).
It is important for planning social services and housing in the City over the next two decades to analyze the
population of these four age groups. The substantial percentage of persons under the age of 18 and between
the ages of 25-44 suggest the presence of many young families with children in the City. The 25-44 age group
is also the range in which most households are formed.
It is also important to note the percentage of the City's population that is within the 18-24 age group. This
represents a component of the population of child bearing age which will require housing in the future. This
age group, coupled with the 25-44 age group, indicates that a combined 48.1 percent of the City's population
is either in, or near to, the household formation age. The City will need to ensure a future housing stock that
will be sufficient to accommodate their needs.
In Diamond Bar as throughout Southern California. there are more females than males in both the 55+ and
65 + age groups. This preponderance of females in the elderly population indicates that females tend to live
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 11.6
longer than males, and is identical to the national trends. In 1990 there were 1.963 households in the City
with one person.
Table II -2
Diamond Bar Age Distribution
Source: 1980 Census and 1990 Census.
3. Special Housing Needs
Under present law, a housing element must include an analysis of special housing needs. These needs refer
to households having atypical characteristics —the handicapped, elderly, overcrowded households and large
families,. persons in need of emergency shelter (homeless), and farm workers.
a. Households with Handicapped Members
Households with one or more members who have physical handicaps sometimes require special design features
in the housing they occupy. Some, but certainly not all, handicapped households also have housing assistance
needs. The focus of handicapped households as a special need segment is primarily on their number and
economic situation.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -7
1980
1990
AGE
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
0 - 5
3,421
10.9%
5,056
9.4070
6-13
5,154
16.4%
6,912
12.9%
14-17
2,532
8.0%
3,357
6.3%
18-20
1,459
4.6%
1471
4.6%
21-24
1,666
53%
1870
53070
25 -34
7,014
223%
9,352
17.4070
35 -44
5.381
17.1%
11,121
20.8%
45 -54
2,853
9.1070
6,895
12.807o
55 -64
1,378
4.4%
3,367
6.3%
65 +
624
2.0%
2.271
4.207o
Total
31,482
100.0%
53.672
100.0%
Median Age
27.5
31.9
Source: 1980 Census and 1990 Census.
3. Special Housing Needs
Under present law, a housing element must include an analysis of special housing needs. These needs refer
to households having atypical characteristics —the handicapped, elderly, overcrowded households and large
families,. persons in need of emergency shelter (homeless), and farm workers.
a. Households with Handicapped Members
Households with one or more members who have physical handicaps sometimes require special design features
in the housing they occupy. Some, but certainly not all, handicapped households also have housing assistance
needs. The focus of handicapped households as a special need segment is primarily on their number and
economic situation.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -7
The needs and problems of the disabled and handicapped population have been described as follows:
The major housing problems of disabled people are the lack of affordable accommodations
and inadequate accessibility to newly built or existing housing. These basic problems are
caused by a variety of factors: a) subtle, or not so subtle discrimination; b) lack of
understanding and sensitivity to the needs of the disabled; c) lack of financial resources and
incentives available to those who want to make their buildings accessible and; d) lack of
knowledge as to how accessibility can be improved.
General solutions include: a) public recognition and commitment to correcting the problems;
b) education of and dissemination of information to the public and building owners;
c) modifications to existing codes and regulations; d) enforcement of existing laws and
regulations; and e) increased financial assistance for housing programs. 1
About 7 percent of Los Angeles County's unincorporated households were considered "handicapped", according
to the 1980 Census. If this same rate were applied locally, Diamond Bar would have an estimated 1,189
handicapped households. However, 1990 Census data for persons with physical disabilities is not yet
available. Therefore, it is not possible to estimate the number of lower income householders with a
handicapped condition that reside in Diamond Bar.
b. Households Headed by the Elderly
Many senior citizens have fixed incomes and experience financial difficulty in coping with rising housing costs.
The financial capacity for coping with increased housing costs depends heavily on tenure; that is, the owner
or renter status of the elderly households. With infrequent and small increases in income and potentially
large increases in housing and maintenance costs, both the senior renter and owner are at a continuing
disadvantage. In addition, seniors often need specially designed types and locations for housing due to
physical and other constraints.
The 1990 Census indicates that in Diamond Bar there were 687 households headed by an elderly person.
C. Overcrowded Households
Overcrowding is defined as housing units with 1.01 or more persons per room. According to the Los Angeles
County Housing Element (1987), 11.9 percent of households in the unincorporated portion of the County are
overcrowded (page H-37). The 1990 Census indicates 992 housing units or 6 percent of the total were
overcrowded.
d. Large Families
Large families are defined as households with five (5) or more persons. The 1990 Census indicates that
17 percent of households in the City consisted of five or more persons.
e. Persons in Need of Emergency Shelter: Homeless
There are many social, economic, and physical conditions which have combined to increase the homeless
population throughout the State of California. In September 1984, the Governor signed Assembly Bill 2579,
The Center for Independent Living Inc.. Berkeley and Northern Section, Cal Chapter of the American Planning Association,
A Guidebook on the General Plan and Disabled. June 1981.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16. 1993 II -8
adding "families and persons in the need of emergency shelter" to the special needs groups to be considered
in each jurisdiction's housing element.
At present, no homeless shelters are located within the City of Diamond Bar, and there are only two shelters
in the immediate area. The Pomona Valley Shelter Program ("Our House") is located in Pomona and has
22 year-round spaces. According to the director, it is considered an emergency shelter and provides space
on a first-come, first-served basis. They do not maintain a waiting list and are always full (Joyce Ewing 1991).
They are also one of the few shelters in the region that takes families. The second shelter is the
"Neighborhood Center", which utilizes the National Guard Armory in Pomona and is opened during cold or
inclement weather, usually during November to February. The closest shelter in Los Angeles County is
operated by the Gospel Mission of America in Rowland Heights. This facility is for single men only and has
30 spaces; it also is full year-round.
The County also provides funds for "vouchers" for homeless persons to utilize hotel rooms on a temporary
basis; this program is presently being administered by the Salvation Army. No records are kept as to the
number of homeless people turned away from local churches or public institutions, which makes estimating
the number of homeless persons in and around Diamond Bar very difficult. There is general agreement
among service providers that the number of homeless is increasing, and that the greatest increase is among
families with children.
In 1987, the SCAG conducted a survey of homelessness in the region. Table II -3 provides a breakdown of
estimated ranges for cities responding to the survey questionnaire. Respondents were asked to break down
their homeless population by subgroup where possible. In more than half the cases, the respondents did not
provide estimates of sub -populations. Table II -4 shows the average percentage reported by jurisdictions for
each of the subgroups named.
Table II -3
SCAG Homeless Survey Response
No. of Homeless
No. of Cities
0
10
1-25
31
26-100
15
101-250
14
251-500
3
501-1.000
0
1.001+
6
Source: SCAG, 1987.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 IIA
Table II4
Homeless Sub -Group Characteristics
Source: SCAG, 1987.
Until more specific data is available from the 1990 federal census, it is difficult for the City to accurately
quantify these groups within Diamond Bar, or to develop specific programs to accommodate their needs.
Indirect evidence from L.A. County Sheriffs Department officers indicates that there are few or no homeless
living in Diamond Bar. Larry Luter with the Walnut Sheriffs Office questioned the officers assigned to
Diamond Bar to determine if they were aware of any homeless persons living within the City; the officers
indicated that they knew of no homeless persons or families within Diamond Bar. Even the directors of the
local homeless shelters indicated that they had no data on the number of local homeless persons, only the
number of individuals or families presently served.
f. Farmworkers
There are no farmworkers known to be living within the City of Diamond Bar. The Los Angeles County
Agricultural Commission, the California Department of Employment and Economic Development, the
Agricultural Employer's Labor Board. University of California Agricultural Extension Program, and the
California Farm Advisor were all contacted to determine if there was any data on the location of farm
workers; all of these agencies indicated they did not keep such statistics. The local Sheriffs Office was also
contacted to determine if patrol officers knew of any itinerant individuals or farm workers were living within
Diamond Bar; again, the officers knew of no persons or families that could be so characterized. In addition,
the latest 1990 census indicates no vacancies reported in the City due to "migrant workers."
4. "At Risk Dwelling Units"
Government Code Sections 65583 (a)(8) and (c)(6) require all housing analyses and programs to address the
potential conversion of existing, assisted housing developments to non -low-income housing use during the next
ten-year period. The Inventory of Federally Subsidized Low -Income Rental Units at Risk of Conversion,
compiled by the California Housing Partnership Corporation, does not list any units in the City. The
California Debt Advisory Commission Annual Summary for 1990 shows that there is one bond financed
project in Diamond Bar, Diamond Bar Village.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -10
Average Percent
No. Responses
Veterans
16.2%
19
Elderly
10.1%
23
Single Persons
63.30/0
37
Persons in Families
21.8%
38
Mentally Ill
29.10
29
Alcohol Abusers
40.807o
33
Substance Abusers
26.9%
28
Children
16.407o
30
Source: SCAG, 1987.
Until more specific data is available from the 1990 federal census, it is difficult for the City to accurately
quantify these groups within Diamond Bar, or to develop specific programs to accommodate their needs.
Indirect evidence from L.A. County Sheriffs Department officers indicates that there are few or no homeless
living in Diamond Bar. Larry Luter with the Walnut Sheriffs Office questioned the officers assigned to
Diamond Bar to determine if they were aware of any homeless persons living within the City; the officers
indicated that they knew of no homeless persons or families within Diamond Bar. Even the directors of the
local homeless shelters indicated that they had no data on the number of local homeless persons, only the
number of individuals or families presently served.
f. Farmworkers
There are no farmworkers known to be living within the City of Diamond Bar. The Los Angeles County
Agricultural Commission, the California Department of Employment and Economic Development, the
Agricultural Employer's Labor Board. University of California Agricultural Extension Program, and the
California Farm Advisor were all contacted to determine if there was any data on the location of farm
workers; all of these agencies indicated they did not keep such statistics. The local Sheriffs Office was also
contacted to determine if patrol officers knew of any itinerant individuals or farm workers were living within
Diamond Bar; again, the officers knew of no persons or families that could be so characterized. In addition,
the latest 1990 census indicates no vacancies reported in the City due to "migrant workers."
4. "At Risk Dwelling Units"
Government Code Sections 65583 (a)(8) and (c)(6) require all housing analyses and programs to address the
potential conversion of existing, assisted housing developments to non -low-income housing use during the next
ten-year period. The Inventory of Federally Subsidized Low -Income Rental Units at Risk of Conversion,
compiled by the California Housing Partnership Corporation, does not list any units in the City. The
California Debt Advisory Commission Annual Summary for 1990 shows that there is one bond financed
project in Diamond Bar, Diamond Bar Village.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -10
The Diamond Bar Village project is a moderate density apartment complex that is specifically restricted to
seniors. In this case, the "risk of conversion" designation identified by the State means only that the original
low-cost construction loan that helped build the project will be paid off. However, there are no indications
that this project is in any actual danger of conversion to non -restricted housing; it has been fully occupied
since it opened. and has a list of qualified seniors waiting for vacant units to become available. The City has
not received any suggestions for conversion of this or any senior projects in the City, nor have any plans been
submitted to the City for such conversion since its incorporation.
5. Energy Conservation
The availability of energy resources is a growing societal concern. The General Plan presents opportunities
to begin resolving the issue of scarce energy resources. New development can be designed to be efficiently
served by public transportation systems and to allow people to work and shop in close proximity to their
homes. The Energy section of the Plan for Resource Conservation should be referred to for more detail and
for relevant objectives and implementation strategies.
D. HOUSING AVAILABILITY
This section provides an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to addressing Diamond Bar's housing
needs. Under present law, the element must include an inventory of resources and constraints as follows:
• An inventory of land suitable for residential development, including vacant sites and sites
having potential for redevelopment, and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public
facilities and services to these sites.
• An analysis of potential and actual governmental constraints upon the maintenance,
improvement, or development of housing for all income levels, including land use controls,
building codes and their enforcement, site improvements, fees and other exactions required
of developers, and local processing and permit procedures.
• An analysis of potential and actual non-governmental constraints upon the maintenance,
improvement, or development of housing for all income levels, including the availability of
financing, the price of land and cost of construction.
1. Inventory of Land Suitable for Residential Development
State housing law contains several provisions that pertain to the adequacy of sites to accommodate housing
needs:
"The housing element shall identify adequate sites for housing, including rental housing,
factory -built housing, and mobilehomes, and shall make adequate provision for the existing
and projected needs of all economic segments of the community."
"An inventory of land suitable for residential development, including vacant sites and sites
having potential for redevelopment. and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public
facilities and services to these sites."
"Identification of adequate sites which will be made available through appropriate zoning and
development standards and with public services and facilities needed to facilitate and
encourage the development of a variety of types of housing for all income levels, including
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -11
rental housing, factory -built housing, mobilehomes, emergency shelters, and transitional
housing in order to meet the community's housing goals."
The Plan for Land Use contains the inventory of land suitable for residential development, including both
vacant and underutilized sites by residential density category. Areas with sites having a realistic potential
of residential development include: 1) the Tres Hermans property, occupying almost 1,000 acres at the
northeast corner of the City; 2) the vacant property in the north -central portion of the City, occupying several
hundred acres; and 3) other vacant parcels (10 acres or more) found throughout the City. Although there
is other available land within the City, much of it is very steep or has other physical constraints that would
generally preclude its use for moderate density residential development.
The land within the current City limits that is available for general residential development could yield an
additional 3,500 units. However, the land could support up to 5,000 additional housing units if the density
of development was increased. This potential supply exceeds the projected local need figure of 781 dwellings
for the 1989 - 1994 time period, based on a proportionate share of County -wide housing need as estimated
in the 1987 RHNAreport (Trumbell-SCAG 1991).
The reason for a lack of detail in the Diamond Bar land use inventory is that most of the large vacant
properties remaining in the City are hilly with little infrastructure in place or immediately adjacent. The
largest vacant parcel, called "Tres Hermanos." is designated as a "Specific Plan" because there are no firm
development or improvement plans at present. It is intended that specific housing projects within Tres
Hermanos could be built at densities higher than 16 units per acre, at densities that would provide housing
for all income segments of identified need.
a. Residential Land Use Categories
Rural Residential (0.0 - LO du/ac)
Areas designated for Rural Residential including hillside areas that are suitable for low density residential
areas. These areas are appropriate for rural residential development with a modest amount of open space.
The maximum residential density is up to one dwelling unit per acre (1 du/ac).
Low Density Residential (Ll - 3.0 du/ac)
The Low Density category limits land uses to single family detached residential. The maximum density within
Low Density areas is up to three dwelling units per gross acre (3 du/ac). In Diamond Bar, the development
of second units and attached dwellings behind the primary residential structure is allowed subject to the
provisions of the City's zoning ordinance. In addition, second units and attached dwellings, which were
constructed pursuant to valid permits issued prior to the effective date of this element are permitted, even
if the resulting density of a site would be greater than 3 du/ac.
Low -Median Density Residential (11 - 6.0 du/ac)
The Low -Medium Density category limits land uses to smaller lot single family detached residential. The
maximum density within Low -Medium Density areas is up to six dwelling units per gross acre (6 du/ac). In
Diamond Bar, the development of second units and attached dwellings behind the primary residential
structure is allowed subject to the provisions of the City's zoning ordinance. In addition, second units and
attached dwellings, which were constructed pursuant to valid permits issued prior to the effective date of this
element are permitted, even if the resulting density of a site would be greater than 6 du/ac.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -12
Mediwn Density (6.1 - 16,0 du/ac)
The areas designated Medium Density are committed to multiple family and mobilehome use. Within the
Medium Density category, land uses are limited to attached residential development and mobile homes. The
maximum allowable density within Medium Density areas is up to sixteen dwelling units per gross acre
(16 du/ac).
Specific Plan and Planned Dcvielopnem
Within the Specific Plan and Planned Development classifications, all residential land uses considered to be
appropriate within the City of Diamond Bar, as well as support uses (e.g. open space and recreation, public
facilities, support commercial, employment -generating uses), may be appropriate subject to applicable General
Plan policies and ordinances. Development within areas designated Specific Plan or Planned Development
are processed through use of a specific plan pursuant to Government Code Section 65450, a planned unit
development, or similar mechanism. Development intensities within Specific Plan and Planned Development
areas must be consistent with the provisions of the Diamond Bar General Plan. Specific Plan and Planned
Development projects must provide a greater level of community amenities and cohesiveness, achieve superior
design, and create a more desirable living environment than could be achieved through conventional
subdivision design and requirements.
2. Governmental Constraints
The State Housing Element Guidelines require that the Housing Element address those public actions which
might constrain the maintenance, improvement, or development of housing. The major constraints imposed
by government are decreasing federal and State commitments to housing, combined with increasing demands
by federal and State agencies that local government solve existing and projected housing problems. In
addition, due to reductions in federal and State support for other programs, there is an increasing demand
on local government to take over funding of programs traditionally funded by others. Local development
standards, fees, and processing time constitute other potential governmental constraints.
a. Decreasing Federal and State Commitment to Housing Programs
The emphasis placed by the federal and State governments on housing policies and funding has traditionally
shifted with changing administrations and priorities. However, there has been a clear trend to deemphasize
federal and State housing programs over the past decade. During this time, federal funding for housing
programs has been sharply reduced. A concurrent reduction in State funding for housing occurred over the
same time. This leaves local governments in California with a mandate to provide programs to facilitate
housing for all economic segments of the community and without access to the funds to maintain such
programs. Given the budgetary problems being experienced by both the federal and State governments, it is
unlikely that increased funding for housing programs will be forthcoming in the near to mid-term future.
It is possible, however, that remaining housing programs will face further reductions in funding.
b. Conflicting Responsibilities of Local Government
The mandate that local governments provide for housing for all economic segments of the community is but
one of many, often conflicting, responsibilities they face. In addition to dealing with issues of affordable
housing and housing rehabilitation, cities must provide municipal services and facilities, protect the natural
environment, ensure a high quality of development and urban design, reflect the concerns of City residents,
and facilitate increases in local employment- and sales tax -generating uses. These responsibilities must be
met in an era of increasingly tight budgets. As a result of State laws relating to municipal finance, reductions
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -13
in federal and State funds for infrastructure and other programs, and changing public attitudes toward
growth, local agencies have had to require that development internalize many costs which were once subsidized
by various public funds. As a result, the cost of development inevitably increases and the American dream
of owning a home becomes more difficult for those who are not fortunate to already own a home.
Along within the mandate for local governments to provide housing for all economic segments of the
community is the democratic principle that government respect the desires of the governed. In many affluent
communities such as Diamond Bar, "low and moderate income housing" is perceived as a problem to be
avoided, rather than as a public responsibility. Diamond Bar's incorporation was largely due to a backlash
of local concern over the "proliferation" of high density development ("no more apartments"). The result is
that there is very little community acceptance of multi -family development or low and moderate income
housing in Diamond Bar, although many residents complain that there is no place for their own children to
buy or even rent within the City.
C. Development Standards and Land Use Controls
Development standards include zoning ordinances, subdivision ordinances, and building code requirements.
The most far-reaching constraints arc those contained in the city's zoning ordinance which is the most
traditional tool used by a local jurisdiction to regulate the use of private land. Zoning regulates the use;
density; floor area; setbacks; parking; and placement and mix of residential, commercial, and industrial
projects to reflect the community's development goals and objectives. Zoning can reduce the supply of land
available for residential development by rezoning residential land for other uses. Zoning also regulates the
intensity of residential land use through minimum lot size requirements. It is important that the minimum
lot size not be too large because this would (a) reduce the potential supply of housing by limiting the number
of units that can be built on a parcel of land, and would (b) increase the land cost per unit. High land costs
may lead to increased construction cost for the developers.
In Diamond Bar, much of the remaining vacant land is steep or has other physical limitations to development.
While careful engineering and construction can overcome many of these limitations, they result in higher unit
costs and subsequently reduce the affordability of housing built in hillside areas.
Subdivision regulations which govern the division of a parcel of land into two or more smaller parcels can
increase housing construction costs. The requirement that site improvements and amenities such as
landscaping, underground utilities, and landscape maintenance districts be required in a subdivision can also
escalate housing prices.
When analyzing development constraints, it is important to distinguish between those constraints that are
excessive and unreasonable, and those designed for a particular purpose. The City, while encouraging
housing, is also concerned about the living environment that is created. Standards for density, height,
setbacks, undergrounding of utilities, and aesthetics are designed to create residential projects and areas that
are functional and aesthetic.
Building codes regulate new construction and substantial rehabilitation. They are designed to ensure that
adequate standards are met to protect against fire, collapse, unsanitary conditions, and safety hazards.
Building costs do not appear to be unduly increased through local building codes. However.State regulations
with respect to energy conservation, though perhaps cost effective in the long run, may add to initial
construction costs.
The City is in the process of preparing a Development Code to address streamlining the development process.
One of the major reasons for preparing a new code is the ambiguity and delay caused by using the current
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 I1-14
Los Angeles County Development Code. The next update of the Housing Element will be much more able to
determine if the development procedures eventually adopted by the City adequately meet the needs of
maintaining housing at all income levels.
The City can meet its affordable housing goals with an overall maximum density under the proposed General
Plan, with allowable density bonuses for affordable projects, of a minimum of 25 percent. It should be noted
that most of the largest parcels of vacant land remaining in the City are in hillside areas, and would be
limited due to physical constraints alone. In addition, the City will adopt a policy to allow higher densities
for infill projects that allow seniors, which is an important segment of the affordable housing need in this
area. Several other responses in this document address what types of additional units will be built and at
what income levels.
The major drawback of trying to provide affordable housing in the remaining vacant upland parcels in
Diamond Bar is that land costs alone force the price of even the most modest housing beyond the range of
County affordable guidelines. For example, even many single family homes in steep areas, even those on one
acre lots or larger, must have split-level or some type of custom pad and/or foundation to support them.
In addition, higher density housing in steep upland areas would have poor site and circulation access for
large numbers of residents,
It is much more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable housing built
in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Hermanos Ranch, where there is sufficient land of modest
topography to make the construction of affordable housing, both single family and detached units. The City
of Diamond Bar believes that the combination of density bonuses and a City housing in lieu fund, along with
use of State and federal programs will be sufficient to meet its proportionate share of low and moderate
income housing needs.
d. Fees
There are two basic types of fees, those for the processing of development applications (subdivisions,
conditional use permits), and those to pay for the costs associated with new development (dwelling unit, traffic
signals, sewer connections). The City also requires dedication and/or improvements of streets, drainage
channels, when new development occurs. Fees for plan check and building permits are determined based upon
the valuation of the structure.
The role that fees play in constraining the production of housing is difficult to measure, although they can
affect housing prices in certain markets. The theory behind fees is that new development should bear its own
costs, and that these costs should be spread as equitably as possible. State law requires that fees must bear
a reasonable relationship to the actual costs incurred by the City, so that they do not becomes excessive.
Even so, fees may add significantly to the cost of a housing unit, especially in those areas of the City that are
largely undeveloped and require new infrastructure and services to be developed.
Preliminary results of a fee survey conducted by the City of La Puente indicate that Diamond Bar's
development fees are fairly average for cities of similar size (Jacobson 1991). The City of Diamond Bar also
retained the firm of Hogle-Ireland to review development fees. The conclusion of the Hogle-Ireland study was
to conform that City fees are comparable to those of other cities of similar size.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -15
e. Processing Time
Before development can occur, it is necessary that certain permits, inspections, and approvals be obtained.
These procedures, although necessary to insure the development is safe and in compliance with local
regulations and building code requirements, can sometimes lead to delays in projects and subsequently
increase costs. Moreover, excessive processing time may act as a constraint on the production of affordable
housing, because it increases carrying costs to the developer for land, financing, etc.
Development processing time in Diamond Bar is significantly shorter than processing through the County of
Los Angeles. It is estimated that a typical tract map which took 18 months to process through the County
would be processed in approximately 6 months at the City. This is because the local staff is more
knowledgeable about local conditions, and there are fewer cases per planner to process compared to the
County. This condition exists despite two major potential causes of dela� City staff is relatively new; and
review of hillside development proposals, which constitute a majority of applications at present, is necessarily
more complex than processing tracts on flat land, which represented the majority of projects processed by
the County.
f. Public Housing
Article 34 of the California Constitution was adopted as an initiative by the voters in 1951, primarily in
response to the increasing number of federally -funded, tax-exempt public housing projects. These projects
were perceived to have negative social, economic, and aesthetic effects on local communities. Article 34 states
that before a "state public body" can "develop, construct, or acquire in any manner" a "low -rent housing
project", the local voters must approve the endeavor. All three "factors" must be present for the referendum
to be required.
The Article 34 referendum requirement has often proved to be a psychological or actual barrier to the
development of many forms of assisted low rent housing, particularly those intended for low income families.
Because of the Article's vague language, communities have been reluctant to risk litigation by entering into
the development of public housing for low and moderate income families. While there have been many
successful referendums, failures have not been uncommon. As such, there is a tendency for local governments
to avoid possible controversy with this type of ballot measure.
3. Non -Governmental Constraints
Various factors not under the control of government also affect the cost, supply and distribution of housing.
These factors include land cost, construction costs, financing costs, speculation, and miscellaneous costs.
a. Physical Constraints
Much of the level, easily developable land within the City has already been developed. The majority of the
remaining lands are in upland areas with moderate to severe topographic or other constraints, which can
directly limit the type of units that are built. As previously discussed, the major site presently identified by
the City as most appropriate for affordable housing is the Tres Hermanos area in the northeast corner of
the City. This area is proposed as "Specific Plan" so that appropriate planning can be done for providing
a range of housing types.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -16
b. Land and Construction Costs
The costs of improved land as a percentage of new home cost rose steadily in California during the 1970's.
increasing from 21 percent to almost 28 percent in 1980. Land costs include the costs of raw land, site
improvements, and all costs associated with obtaining government approvals. According to the City of Los
Angeles's Housing Element, this proportion held true in 1987.
It is important to note that the price of residentially -zoned raw land is driven by the local housing costs.
That is, the price of land does not drive the price of finished dwelling units, but in fact the price of
comparable finished units drive the price of land. A typical breakdown of line item costs per unit is found
in Table II -5. The example assumes a 40 acre site zoned for single family residential on 7,200 square foot
lots.
Table II -5
Cost Estimate for New Single Family Housing
in Diamond Bar (1988)
Cost Item
Amount
Percent of Total
Raw Land (7,200 s.Q
$30,000
22.2
Land Preparation and Infrastructure
$30,000
22.2
Fees (incl. off-site & schools) 1
$12,000
8.9
Materials & Labor
$48,000
35.5
Marketing
$2,000
1.5
Soft Costs (arch. & eng.)
$2,000
1.5
"Other"
$11,000
8.2
TOTAL
$135.000
100.0
Source: Coldwell Banker, Los Angeles County.
Building Departments of City of Diamond Bar and County of Los Angeles.
e. Financing Costs
The cost of permanent mortgage financing for new and existing homes, as well as cost of new residential
construction financing, play a significant role in the affordability of housing. General inflation in the economy
directly and indirectly causes housing prices to increase, which in turn raises finance costs. As the absolute
price of a home increases, it adds to the mortgage amount which results in increases in the principal, interest,
insurance, and- taxes a -home buyer must -pay.
d. Speculation
Speculation in real estate occurs when real estate investors buy housing or land at "low prices" and then resell
it at a much higher value within a short period of time. The problem is particularly acute if property rapidly
changes hands from speculator to speculator. The price the eventual long term owner or consumer will pay
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -17
could be highly inflated. Speculation affects not only the individual property, but the market climate in the
area as a whole.
Because there are few statistics available on the rate of property turnover and the profit received from
transactions, the amount of speculative activity and its impact on the City's rising housing costs is not clearly
known at this time.
C. Housing Discrimination
As a characteristic of the housing market, discrimination may often present a barrier to providing an
adequate choice of housing for all groups. Discrimination, which may be defined as prejudicial treatment
applied categorically and not on the merit of the individual, takes many forms. Most forms of housing
discrimination are a violation of State and federal laws, which prohibit discrimination against homeseekers
for reasons of race, religion, national origin, ancestry, color, sex, or marital status. Some of the types of
discrimination encountered are refusal to rent or sell, inflated rents, higher prices, excessive deposits,
unreasonable occupancy standards, limited choice among available units, and poor maintenance and repair.
The target populations subject to discrimination are not limited to racial and ethnic minorities, but also
include recipients of welfare and public assistance, families with young children, young unmarried persons,
and the handicapped.
Redlining is also a form of discrimination, wherein home improvement and mortgage loans are not made
available by a lending institution in lower-income or minority neighborhoods. Redlining involves the use of
varying criteria for home financing based upon geographical differences. Often referred to as "neighborhood
disinvestment", redlining practices include outright refusal by a lending institution to approve home purchase
and rehabilitation loans, making loan conditions stricter (e.g., higher down payment, higher interest rates,
higher closing cost), or appraising property below market value or with more rigid standards than used on
comparable property in other neighborhoods. Older declining neighborhoods with high minority
concentrations were often targets of redlining practices in the past. Redlining results in deterioration of
neighborhoods, real estate speculation, and housing abandonment. Most frequently affected are minorities
and low income persons in general.
Despite the fact that redlining is now illegal, this practice is still reported across the country. The
Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) was passed by Congress in 1977 to help eliminate redlining. The CRA
establishes a Congressional mandate that private, federally -chartered lending institutions must serve the
convenience" and credit needs of their surrounding communities. While the enforcement and sanction
provisions of the CRA are relatively weak, it does provide for public disclosure of a lender's performance in
meeting community credit needs through requirements for an annual CRA statement.
Where redlining practices are discovered, a sanction available and suggested for use by SCAG in the Regional
Housing Element is the deposit of municipal funds in local lending institutions contingent upon acceptable
loan performance in older, declining neighborhoods.
Complaints of housing discrimination are handled by the Long Beach Fair Housing Council. The Council
also handles local landlord -tenant disputes within Diamond Bar, and indicates that there are approximately
1-2 discrimination complaints per month from residents in Diamond Bar.
E. PROGRESS REPORT
California Government Section 65588(a) provides that each local government shall review its housing element
annually, or as frequently as appropriate, to evaluate the following:
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 H-18
• The appropriateness of the housing goals, objectives, and policies in contributing to the
attainment of the State housing goals.
• The effectiveness of the housing element in attainment of the community's housing goals and
objectives.
• The progress of the city, county, or city and county, in implementation of the housing
element.
At present, the City of Diamond Bar does not have a record of implementing housing programs, and can not,
therefore, report on their progress. These guidelines will be used when the housing element is updated. At
present, neither the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)nor the Los Angeles County
Housing Authority has information on the number or type of federal or State housing subsidies in Diamond
Bar.
The City will prepare the new Comprehensive Housing Assistance Strategy (CHAS) report by the end of the
year which will detail the extent of assistance in the City. Since Diamond Bar's population is over 50,000 it
will be eligible to use Federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds for housing programs.
F HOUSING GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND STRATEGIES
7T IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT THAT THERE
BE ADEQUATE HOUSING IN THE CITY, BOTH IN QUALITYAND QUANTITY, TO PROVIDE
APPROPRL47E SHELTER FOR ALL WITHOUT DISCRIMINATION."
GOAL I. 'ne City should provide opportunities for development of housing suitable to meet the
diverse needs of residents, and to support healthy economic development.'
Objective A. Development of an adequate supply of housing to meet Diamond Bar's housing needs as follows.
Based on Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA).
Through 1994.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -19
Five Year
Housing Needs
Housing Goa12
Category
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Very Low
117
15
30
15
Low
182
23
47
23
Moderate
144
18
37
18
Upper
338
43
86
43
Total
781
'100
200
100
Based on Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA).
Through 1994.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -19
Strategies:
1.1.1 Consider commercial/office developments which propose a residential component
as part of an overall mixed use concept, where feasible, in planned development
and specific plan projects.
1.1.2 Do not create restrictions on the development of housing for the purpose of
preventing development of low and moderate housing.
1.1.3 Prepare a public information packet summarizing the City's zoning and
development requirements for residential construction.
1.1.4 Establish a monitoring program which identifies the type and cost of housing
being produced within Diamond Bar, as well as the availability of vacant land
which can be used to accommodate a variety of housing types; produce required
reports to accomplish the programs outlined in this plan for housing that is
affordable to "very low," "low," and "moderate" income households.
1.1.5 To ensure well planned residential growth while meeting the City's housing
responsibilities, review proposed residential projects, general plan amendments.
and changes of zone for their effects on the neighborhood, the City, and regional
housing needs.
1.1.6 Provide timely review of development requests with fees sufficient only to cover
the actual costs (direct and overhead) incurred by the City. In order to do so,
consider changes in case processing such as:
• Computerize case records to allow for automated case tracking.
• Schedule case processing timetables to provide reasonable expectations in
processing applications based upon available resources.
• Maintain review of EIR's to the minimum period required by law.
1.1.7 Encourage use of innovative site development and construction materials and
techniques consistent with City ordinances and the UBC to reduce the cost of site
preparation and/or construction and to provide a mix of dwelling unit types.
1.1.8 Comply with California Government Code Section 65915 by providing a minimum
25 percent density bonus, or equivalent financial incentive, to residential
developers who agree to make a minimum of 20 percent of the units within the
project affordable to households with an income of 80 percent of the County
median income, or make 10 percent of the units within the project affordable to
households with an income of 50 percent of the County median income, or make
50 percent of the units available exclusively to senior citizens.
1.1.9 Investigate the feasibility of establishing a requirement that ten percent (10%) of
all new housing within proposed housing developments be affordable to very low,
low, or moderate income households or pay an "in lieu" fee to be used by the City
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -20
for the provision of housing affordable to very low, low, or moderate income
households. If determined to be feasible, implement the program.
1.1.10 Establish parking requirements for housing to a level consistent with the
occupant's transportation needs.
1.1.11 Facilitate the provision of single and multiple family dwelling units available to
very low, low, and moderate income households through participation in the
Mortgage Revenue Bond Program, issuance of Mortgage Credit Certificates. and
use of other viable economic resources. Encourage private sector participation
in the provision of very low, low, and moderate cost housing by offering such
programs to developers who provide at least 20 percent of the housing units
within prices which are affordable to very low, low, and moderate income
households.
GOAL I. "Encourage adequate housing opportunities for all economic segments of the community,
regardless of age, race, ethnic background, national origin, religion, family size, sex, marital
status, physical conditions, or any other arbitrary factors".
Objective 2.1 Ensure that the existing supply of low and moderate cost housing within Diamond Bar does not
diminish.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Where proposed development projects or other discretionary actions of the City
of Diamond Bar would reduce the number of existing subsidized dwelling units,
ensure that appropriate offsets are provided as part of the proposed action.
a. To avoid potential reduction in the supply of rental housing, prepare a
condominium conversion ordinance which would limit the conversion of
rental apartments to condominiums or cooperatives.
b. Require that all successful conversion applicants provide a relocation
assistance program for displaced tenants, encouraging relocation within the
community.
C. Based on the provisions of Government Code Section 65863.7, consider
requiring the submission of a report detailing the impacts of any proposed
mobilehome park conversion to a nonresidential use concurrent with the
filing of any discretionary permit on such property.
d. Annually assess all affordable or assisted housing units that are considered
"at risk" as delineated in the "Inventory of Federally Subsidized Low -Income
Rental Units at Risk of Conversion (1989)" or other appropriate federal or
State documents.
e. Investigate the feasibility of programs to ensure that "for sale" housing
which is subsidized so as to be affordable to very low, low, and moderate
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -21
income households remain affordable to those income groups after sale to
the first buyer.
Objective 2.2 Prevent housing discrimination in Diamond Bar.
Strategies:
2.2.1 Distribute information regarding the activities of the City to assist in the
resolution of housing discrimination cases.
2.2.2 Participate in the activities of the Long Beach Fair Housing Council as they affect
the City of Diamond Bar.
Objective 2.3 Cooperate with regional agencies to provide housing for the elderly, handicapped, homeless, and
other special needs groups.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Promote housing accessibility for elderly, handicapped, and disabled persons.
2.3.2 Specifically encourage development of assisted rental housing for the elderly,
handicapped, and disabled. Specifically encourage development of such housing
through the use of density bonuses. tax-exempt bonds, and land write-downs,
combined with federal and State housing subsidies.
2.3.3 Provide information regarding the availability of emergency shelter.
2.3.4 Pursue State, federal, and private programs designed to expand housing
opportunities for all segments of society including the elderly and the
handicapped. Determine the extent to which such programs are consistent with
the goals and objectives of the Diamond Bar General Plan, and the extent to
which such programs can be incorporated into future development within the
City. Programs include but are not limited to:
FEDERALDEPARTMEN'IOF HOUSINGANDCOMMUNITYDEVELOPMENT
(HUD)
• Federal Community Development Block Grant monies for senior citizen and
handicapped housing projects.
• Section 202 funding for financing of rental housing projects.
• Section 203 insurance for acquisition and rehabilitation financing for single
family homes.
• Section 207 rental housing funding.
• Section 213 cooperative housing funding.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -22
• Section 221 rental and cooperative housing for moderate income families.
• Section 223 purchase and refinance of e)dsting rental units.
• Section 234 insurance for condominiums.
• Section 241 supplemental loan insurance for existing multi -family rental
housing.
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT
• Self -Help Housing Program: technical assistance grants and mortgage
assistance for owner -builder organizations.
• Mobilehome Park Assistance Program. Financial and technical assistance
to residents to purchase mobilehome parks.
• California Homeownership Assistance Program. Shared appreciation loans
for manufactured housing or for renters in projects converting to
cooperative or condominium ownership.
• California Housing Rehabilitation Program. Rehabilitation loans from
Proposition 77 to owner occupants of substandard housing, including low
income and rental housing.
• Family Housing Demonstration Program. Loan funds for construction or
purchase and rehabilitation of housing that includes support services such
as child care, job training, etc.
• Rental Housing Construction Program. Loan funds to government agencies
for profit and non-profit sponsors of new rental housing projects.
• Predevelopment Loan Program. Loans to local government agencies and
nonprofit corporations to pay predevelopment costs incurred in developing
low income housing.
• Senior Citizens Shared Housing Program. Funds technical assistance to,
matching services for, and development costs of, shared housing for senior
citizens.
CALIFORNIA HOUSING FINANCE AGENCY
• Resale Program. Below market interest rate mortgage financing for first-
time homebuyers earning less than $40-45,000, depending on family size.
The sales price maximum is presently $113,000.
• Home Purchase Assistance Program. Up to $15,000 deferred payment with
3 percent simple interest second mortgage loans to lower income first-time
homebuyers.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 I1-23
• Matching Down Payment Program. Matches first-time homebuyer's down
payment up to $5,000. Loans only to CHFA fust -time borrowers. Loans
are due on sale and carry 3 percent simple interest.
LOS ANGELES COUNTYHOUSING AUTHORITY
• Section 8 Existing Certificates. Rental subsidies.
• Home Improvement Loan Program. Below market interest rate loans up to
$15,000 for eligible homeowners. Eligible improvements include new roof,
exterior paint, etc. All health and safety violations must be corrected.
• Repair Service Program for Senior Homeowners. One time grant of labor
and materials for eligible homeowners for minor repairs and weatherization
and insulation.
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
• If found to be feasible, requirements for provision of "in lieu" funds for
development of housing affordable to low and moderate income households.
PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS
• Savings Associations Mortgage Company (SAMCO). A statewide
organization supported by stockholder savings institutions to provide
financing for affordable housing projects.
• California Community Reinvestment Corporation (CCRC). Aresource pool
supported by the State's banks to assist in financing affordable housing.
2.3.5 Following acquisition of federal Community Development Block Grant funds by
1993, designate a Housing Coordinator in the Planning Department to make
applications for various state and federal programs. Earmark at least $25,000
annually from various sources toward meeting the housing needs of Diamond Bar
residents.
2.3.6 Work with the Los Angeles County Housing Authority and nearby cities to
establish a continuous emergency shelter program serving the eastern portion of
the County. Funds for homeless shelters available through the McKinney Act
include:
• EmergencyShelter Grants for building acquisition and rehabilitation, rental
assistance, and payment of security deposits.
• Section 8 Mod Rehab Assistance for Single Room Occupancy Housing can
be used to rehabilitate a single room occupancy hotel.
• Supplemental Assistance for Facilities to Assist the Homeless.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -24
• Supportive Housing: The Transitional Housing Program provides funds for
both building rehabilitation and five years of operating funds for
transitional housing programs (3 months to 2 years).
• Permanent Housing for the Handicapped Homeless.
• The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Emergency Food and
Shelter Program can provide short-term rental subsidies to prevent eviction.
payment of mortgage to prevent foreclosure, and utility assistance to
families or individuals.
GOAL III. Preservation and conservation of existing housing stock and maintenance of property values
and residents' quality of life.
Objective 3.1 Maintain and encourage the improvement of the quality and integrity of existing residential
neighborhoods.
Strategies:
3.1.1 Adopt a housing/neighborhood preservation program, including incentive
programs to ensure ongoing maintenance.
3.1.2 Permit sorority/fraternity and other group housing only to the extent that
associated nuisance factors are mitigated and to the extent that the quiet,
suburban or rural character of the existing residential neighborhood is preserved.
3.1.3 Enact Development Code provisions which would permit the development of
second units on a single family parcel only to the extent that the single family
character of the neighborhood is protected, and to the extent that road, water,
and sewer systems are capable of supporting such development.
3.1.4 Determine the feasibility of establishing a Craftsman and Tool Lending Program,
utilizing State funding if necessary.
Objective 3.2 Eliminate substandard housing by establishing a program to investigate and encourage the
rehabilitation of substandard housing units within Diamond Bar.
Strategies:
3.2.1 Investigate the availability of funds, including City "in lieu" funds, for establishing
a housing rehabilitation program.
3.2.2 Establish a program of public information and technical assistance to encourage
the continued maintenance of currently sound housing as neighborhoods age
within the City of Diamond Bar.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
June 16, 1993 II -25
3,2.3 Utilize available housing rehabilitation/conservation funds to establish a fund to
assist low and moderate households with painting, minor repairs, and general
maintenance.
3.2.4 Work with the State Franchise Tax Board in order to enforce the provisions of
California Revenue and Taxation Code Sections 17299 and 24436.5 which prohibit
owners of substandard housing from claiming depreciation, amortization,
mortgage interest, and property tax deductions on State income tax.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
.lune 16, 1993 11-26
III. PII&N-FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 0*:9" 'T
A. INTRODUCTION
Open Space Elements and Conservation Elements were first required to be a part of city and county General
Plans in 1970. Within Diamond Bar, many issues dealing with conservation also overlap issues related to
open space, such as "open space for the preservation of natural resources" and "open space for the managed
production of resources" (State of California General Plan Guidelines). As a result of this overlap and
interdependency, these two general plan requirements have been combined into a Pion io Resource
,............. 8 P 9
Management tit, which is permitted under State law.
Diamond Bar recognizes its role as a responsible steward of all lands within its jurisdiction. The Platt fer
Resource Management ' ldnitht deals with 'open -space land" issues, defined by Section 65560(b) of the
Government Code as "any parcel or area of land or water which is essentially unimproved and devoted to
open space use..." Open space uses encompass four principal categories: natural resources; managed
production of resources; outdoor recreation; and public health and safety. The first part of this 44rm OW4;4i
addresses open space and visual resources, biological resources, and parks and recreation.
The Warr fo Resource Management Elt:ment also establishes strategies for effectively managing local natural
resources to prevent waste, destruction, or neglect. This portion of the General Plan is concerned with the
conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources such as water (including reclaimed
wastewater), energy, and the disposal and reuse of solid wastes. As recommended in state law, agriculture
and mineral resources are two other natural resources that are analyzed.
It is the intent of the Plan Fe r Resource Management :Element to:
Create and retain an open space system which will conserve natural resources, preserve
scenic beauty, promote a healthy community atmosphere, provide open space for outdoor
recreation, and protect the public safety.
Identify limits on the natural resources needed to support urban and rural development
within the City and its sphere of influence, and ensure that those resources are used wisely
and not abused.
Provide a park, recreation and open space system which enhances the livability of urban and
suburban areas by providing parks for residential neighborhoods; preserving significant
natural, scenic, and other open space resources; and meeting the open space and recreational
needs of Diamond Bar residents.
...................
..................
The Pried—fe Resource Management 1Nlenmct t is closely related to the Land Use porkoit of the Plan f"r
ctt since areas designated for open space must be consistent with designations
on the Land Use map. Areas designated as open space for public health and safety reasons in the Pie" f-8
Resource Management1ictt are similarly addressed in the Plan -€er Public Health and SafetyMemia
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -1
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
1. Open Space and Visual Resources
Diamond Bar is well known as a master -planned hillside residential community with outstanding views of
natural slopes and ridgelines. There are a number of undeveloped areas in the City that constitute potential
open space resources. The portion of Tonner Canyon that is within the City's sphere of influence offers
tremendous open space opportunities and visual resources.
The natural slopes and ridges have provided a distinctive visual identity to the community's natural and
developed areas.
2. Biological Resources
While Diamond Bar still contains several areas that support native plants and animals, these resources have
undergone considerable transition over the years. The native flora and fauna which once inhabited the City
have been largely eliminated in developed areas. Historical agricultural and recent urban development have
removed large areas of natural vegetative cover. Animals that once inhabited the valley floor have been forced
into nearby undisturbed areas to the southwest, south, southeast, and east of the City limits.
The City's sphere of influence, encompasses the middle 3,600 acres of Tonner Canyon, y;tj<'f which is
considered a "Significant Ecological Area" (SEA) by Los Angeles County due to its wealth of biological
resources. This portion of the canyon contains extensive stands of riparian, oak, and walnut woodland plants,
which are considered sensitive and important native plant habitats by the California Department of Fish and
Game. Tonner Canyon supports a diverse population of native animals, including the California ground
squirrel, cottontail rabbit, coyote, the Pacific as well as possibly the endangered Stephen's kangaroo rat, and
several species of mice. Numerous birds also utilize this area, including several species of hawks and owls,
which are all protected under California Fish and Game laws. A sensitive species of pond turtle was also
observed in the upper portion of the canyon, although it was just outside the City limits and sphere of
influence.
3. Parks and Recreation
There are several existing park and recreation facilities within the City's boundaries that provide active and
passive recreational opportunities to City residents. The City has seven developed parks ranging in size from
2 acres to 26 acres. The City also has two undeveloped parks and one joint park facility with Walnut Valley
Unified School District. Small athletic fields and playgrounds are available at the 8 elementary and 2
intermediate schools in the City. More extensive fields and a gymnasium are available at Diamond Bar High
School. There are also several quasi -public and private recreational facilities, including the Diamond Bar golf
course, "The Country' park, YMCA and Little League fields on Sunset Crossing.
The State and National recreation agencies recommend a minimum of 2 acres of developed active public
parkland and 0.5 acres of undeveloped or passive parklands per 1,000 residents. The City ratio of 1.1 acres
of developed public parkland per 1,000 residents' is under the State and National recreation agencies
Only developed public parks are included in this figure. The 1.1 acres per 1,000 population ratio does not include
privately/owned recreation facilities or the Diamond Bar Golf Course, and thus includes only the 59.4 acres of publicly owned
parks.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
I11-2
June 16, 1993
recommendation, which will need to be addressed. The City will need to provide adequate park acreage and
recreation facilities to serve the need of present and future residents.
Currently, within the City there is a total of 470.8 acres of recreational facilities, including 59.4 acres of
developed parkland and 75.5 acres of undeveloped parkland for a total of 134.9 acres of city owned park land.
Within the City there are quasi -public parkland and/or facilities that may require user fees; these include the
Diamond Bar Golf Course. YMCAand Little League fields.
There is also a private parkland and facility which consists of "The Countrypark. Only residents of "The
Country' can use the park which consists of 16.4 developed acres and 133.5 undeveloped acres.
The City is located within an hour of several regional recreation and national forest areas such as the Chino
Hills State Park, as well as San Gabriel and San Bernardino National Forests to the north and northeast,
which include the summer and winter resort areas of Big Bear Lake and Lake Arrowhead. The forests
provide outdoor activities as diverse as swimming, boating, hiking, camping, downhill skiing, and cross
country skiing. There are also County recreation facilities available at Schabarum Regional Park to the west
and Bonelli Regional Park to the north (which contains Puddingstone Lake).
Within the City, the 57 Freeway is designated as a State Scenic Highway with views of the mountains to the
north and east. Local roadways such as Golden Springs Drive, Diamond Bar Boulevard, and Grand Avenue
offer a variety of suburban and open views within the City.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
III -3
June 16, 1993
TABLE III -1
LnCAt, RFCRFATIONAL FACILITIES
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management
June 16, 1993 111-4
y
0
,
o
d
U
C
v
Q
Q
p0
Pa
PG
F
!i.
G,
R1
it,
F
Facility Address
Local Parks
1. Heritage 2900 Brea Canyon Road
3.4
1
1/2
•
•
•
36
•
2. Ronald Reagan 2201 S. Peaceful Hills Rd.
6.0
1
3
•
•
•
•
•
33
3. Starshine 20838 Starshine Road
2.0
•
•
35
•
4. Maple Hill 1309 S. Maple Hill Road
4.0
l
3
•
•
•
35
•
5. Paul C. Grow 23305 Quail Summit & Highbluff Rd.
5.0
2
l
•
•
•
•
•
10
•
6. Summit Ridge 1425 Summitridge Drive
26.0
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
53
7. Sycamore 22930 Golden Springs Drive
4.0
50"
1
•
•
•
'
62
'
8. Peterson 24142 E. Sylvan Glen Drive
9.0
2
•
•
•
•
'
48
9. Pantera Pantera Drive
1 23
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management
June 16, 1993 111-4
TABLE III -1
LOCAL RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
(Continued)
Source: Diamond Bar Recreation Department
** Open Space Park
*** Privately Owned
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management
Irl -5
June 16, 1993
00
�yy
U
>
y
=
o
U
;
e
UCY
y�
C
A
g
m
y
u
'
CO
w
•�
1
Q
Q
�
m
m
�
2
a
a
�
w
F
tx
a
; O it
Facility Address
10. Larkstone Larkstone Drive &Dab Court
2.5
SUBTOTAL
59.4
75.5
Other Facilities
11. Diamond Bar Golf Course
178
12. Little League Park***
8
13. The County Park **
16.4
TOTAL
261.8
209.0
4
3
4
6IL
277
Source: Diamond Bar Recreation Department
** Open Space Park
*** Privately Owned
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management
Irl -5
June 16, 1993
4. Water Resources
One of the fundamental long-term constraints for both urban and rural development is the availability and
quality of water. As throughout Southern California, water availability has become, and will remain, a major
resource constraint facing Diamond Bar. The strategies for this section focus on the actions which must be
taken to ensure the continuing supply of water needed to support Diamond Bar's future.
Water is provided to the area by the Three Valleys Municipal Water District but locally distributed through
the Walnut Valley Municipal Water District. Ultimately, almost all local water districts receive most of their
imported water (other than groundwater) from the Metropolitan Water District (MWD). As a result of the
ongoing State-wide drought, now in its sixth year, the MWD has restricted local water supplies by 25 percent
through the imposition of surcharges on water that is supplied in excess of these levels. A Master Plan of
Water is being prepared by the Walnut ValleyWater Municipal District which estimates a buildout population
for Diamond Bar on the order of approximately 75,000 residents, which is higher than the estimated buildout
of the City. The degree to which the modest amount of growth projected by the General Plan can be
accommodated by the local water districts will depend on the regional availability of water.
5. Energy Resources
The availability of energy resources is a growing societal concern. Urban and suburban land uses within the
City all rely on the availability of a continuing supply of affordable energy resources. However, recent
experience has been that unless society's awareness of the critical nature of energy availability is increased,
significant dislocations in the economy and local quality of life can result. Energy conservation is not only
necessary to the continued functioning of modern society, but provides immediate benefits to individuals and
businesses in utility bill savings and improved air quality. The strategies provided in this section propose
energy efficient building and land use practices. Many other actions needed to conserve energy require
cooperation with federal and State agencies, as well as with public utilities, which have indicated their interest
in promoting energy conservation.
6. Solid Waste
Landfill disposal of solid wastes and the conservation of recyclable materials have become important public
concerns by reason of the diminishing capacity of landfill space and growing environmental problems facing
our State. For this reason, the State Legislature passed the California Integrated Waste Management Act
of 1989 (AB939). The Act, also known as Public Resources Code Section 41000 et. seq., requires each city to
prepare, adopt, and implement a Source Reduction and Recycling Element (SRRE) which identifies how that
jurisdiction will divert, through a combination of source reduction, recycling, and composting programs, 25
percent of solid wastes from landfill disposal by 1995, and 50 percent or the maximum amount feasible by
the year 2000.
Since the improper disposal of hazardous wastes poses a more serious risk to the public's health and
threatens the environment in which we live, the Legislature passed AB 2707 (Public Resource Code Section
47500 et. seq.) which requires -each city to prepare a -Household .Hazardous Waste Element (HHWE). The
HHWEdescribes how the City will dispose of hazardous substances like household cleaners, paints, pesticides,
and motor oil.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
.lune 16, 1993 111-6
7. Agriculture
The City of Diamond Bar presently has no important agricultural farmlands according to the California
Department of Conservation, Division of Land Resource Protection, and the Soil Conservation Service of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture. These agencies classify important farmland into six categories according to
soil type: prime; potential prime, statewide important; locally important; and unique farmlands. While none
of these classifications have been applied to soils in Diamond Bar, the area did at one time support extensive
walnut groves and cattle ranches.
Over the last 30 years, the farm and ranchlands that once typified Diamond Bar have been converted to urban
and suburban uses. Prior, to 1900, the production of walnuts and cattle grazing were the primary agricultural
activities within the City. Today, only scattered grazing remains, primarily on the Tres Hermanos property
in the northeastern corner of the City. This area contains the "headwaters" of Tonner Canyon, and the upper
portions of this canyon, just south of Tres Hermanos and west of Diamond Bar, are also grazed periodically.
The middle portion of Tonner Canyon, within the City's sphere of influence, supports oil production, as well
as the Firestone Boy Scout C--aM `eeCan. and is not grazed on a regular basis.
The entire Southern California region is experiencing a strong demand for housing and urban development.
Because of this demand and the inevitable conflicts between urbanization and agriculture, previously extensive
agricultural land in the City has already been systematically removed from production. Therefore, the
remaining agricultural (grazing land) within the City will eventually be phased out.
8. Mineral Resources
The City of Diamond Bar does not contain any identified (significant) mineral resources. The State of
California has established four categories of Mineral Resource Zones (MRZs). Most of Diamond Bar is
considered in MRZ-1, which identifies areas where adequate information indicates no significant aggregate
deposits are present. However, a particular bedrock formation (Puente) underlies scattered portions of the
City. This formation is classified as MRZ-3, which identifies areas that may contain aggregate mineral
deposits but whose significance cannot be evaluated from available data. Based on available data,
development in Diamond Bar will have to import substantial quantities of aggregate materials anyway, since
none of the surrounding areas contain extensive deposits.
C. RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ISSUES
1. Open Space and Visual Resources
There are several major vacant hillside or open space areas remaining in the City, which are under various
pressures to develop. The City needs to determine which areas will be preserved and what means to use to
best assure their protection. Portions of these areas should be preserved for (new) active and passive parks.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: 77tere is a need to provide a balanced open space preservation and recreation
- plarr•which-responds to existing and future developments widen the City and the
sphere of influence.
2. Biological Resources
The City and its sphere of influence contains several areas with significant biological resources. These areas
should be considered for preservation in conjunction with important open space and visual resource areas.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -7
This includes wildlife corridors to prevent isolation and loss of diversity in biological "islands" if they are cut
off from larger and more diverse areas.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to protect areas with important biological resources, both within
the City and the sphere of influence.
3. Parks and Recreation
The City has a variety of recreational facilities presently available for local residents. While there are
numerous facilities in the area, some local parks are small or isolated. There are few additional parks
planned for the future. As the City grows, there will be additional demands placed on existing facilities.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to plait for adequate parks and recreational facilities to serve
the growing needs of local residents through the utilization of existing facilities
within City boundaries and throughout the area; additional recreation parklands
are necessary to meet the community needs.
4. Water
Water is a scarce, and expensive, natural resource. The City already makes use of reclaimed water, and this
source will probably be depended on more in the future to "free up" potable water for additional domestic use.
The level of additional population growth in the City will be modest, but water may continue to be a limiting
factor in long-range planning.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should work with local water purveyors and the community to
encourage water conservation and use of reclaimed water.
5. Energy
While water is the current resource shortage, there have also been short-term energy (fossil fuel) shortages.
In times of increasing population, consumption, and environmental awareness, the efficient use of energy will
continue to be an important aspect of responsible community life. There are many educational, governmental,
and private institutions nearby that are on the cutting edge of energy technology. The City should avail itself
of environmentally safe methods of resource conservation and encourage testing of new technologies.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should encourage energy consen>ation and innovation in energy
systems.
6. Solid Waste
While the disposal of solid waste is a significant problem, recent legislation has several immediate and specific
implications for Diamond Bar. Cities are now required to reduce their production of solid waste and
implement recycling- programs, as -well as -arrange for the disposal of hazardous household materials.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should outline an integrated waste management strategy and identify
programs that will assist the City in minimizing the environmental impacts of
landfill disposal of solid wastes as mandated by State Law.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 I11-8
7. Agriculture
Although Diamond Bar began as an agricultural community, it has become a residential suburban community.
Cattle grazing is the only agricultural activity that remains as a reminder of this heritage. The lands that
presently support grazing are already planned for various types of development.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should develop policies dealing with the conversion of grazing
agricultural land to other land uses.
8. Mineral Resources
There are no significant, concentrated mineral resources in Diamond Bar.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is no identified issue.
D. GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
7T IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TO PROVIDE
AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE OPEN SPACES IN THE CITY TO SERVE THE DIVERSE
RECREATIONAL NEEDS OF ITS RESIDENTS, WHILE FOSTERING THE WISE USE OF
LIMITED NATURAL RESOURCES."
GOAL 1 "Create and maintain an open space system which will preserve scenic beauty, protect
important biological resources, provide open space for outdoor recreation and the
enjoyment of nature, conserve natural resources, and protect public health and safety."
Objective 1.1 Preserve significant visual features which are within, or are visible from tl:e City of Diamond Bar,
with an emphasis on the preservation of remaining natural hillside areas.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Develop regulations for the protection of ridgelines, slope areas, canyons, and
hilltops. Require contour or landform grading, clustering of development, or other
means to minimize visual impacts to ridgelines or prominent slopes.
1.1.2 Require that all excess excavated and waste materials be properly removed and
disposed of, or otherwise placed -so as to become an integral part of the site
--development.
1.1.3 Require that dwelling units and structures within hillside areas be sited in such a
manner as to utilize ridgelines and landscape plant materials as a backdrop for the
structures and the structures themselves to provide maximum concealment of cut
slopes.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -9
1.1.4 Preserve to the maximum extent possible existing vegetation within hillside
development areas not designated for construction.
1.15 When deemed necessary by the City, require that significant vegetation which cannot
be preserved in place, but is suitable for transplanting, be relocated.
1.1.6 Where possible and practical, require that dwelling units, structures and landscaping
be sited in a manner which:
• Protects views for existing development
• Retains opportunities for views from dwellings
• Preserves or enhances vistas, particularly those seen from public places
• Preserves mature trees, natural hydrology, native plant materials, and areas
of visual interest.
• Permits removal of vegetation as part of a City or Fire District approved
fuel modification program.
1.1.7 Utilize grading permit procedures to ensure that site designs for development
proposals for hillside areas conform to the natural terrain, and consider the visual
aspects.
1.1.8 Work with the appropriate jurisdictions to protect prominent ridges, slopes, and
hilltops in and adjacent to the City and its sphere of influence, such as SEA 15
within Tonner Canyon, the hills in the City of Industry, west of the 57 Freeway at
Grand Avenue, the hills within the County of Los Angeles (Rowland Heights), west
of the 57 Freeway, south of Brea Canyon Cutoff, the portion of Tonner Canyon
within the Chino Hills Specific Plan, and the portion of Tonner Canyon within the
City of Brea (Orange County).
1.1.9 Enact provisions and techniques that enhance groundwater recharge and local water
recovery.
Objective 1.2 Where ecologically and financially feasible, maintain, protect, and preserve biologically significant
areas, including SEA 15, riparian areas, oak and walnut woodlands, and other areas of natural
significance, providing only such recreational and cultural opportunities as can be developed in
a manner sensitive to the environment.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Ensure that all development, including roads, proposed adjacent to riparian and
other biologically sensitive habitats avoid significant impacts to such areas. Require
that new development proposed in such locations be designed to:
Minimize or eliminate impacts on environmentally sensitive areas;
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 I1I-10
• Protect the visual seclusion of forage areas from road intrusion by
providing vegetative buffering;
• Provide wildlife movement linkages to water, food and nesting where
practical;
• Provide vegetation that can be used by wildlife for cover along roadsides;
and
• Avoid intrusion of night lighting into identified areas through properly
designed lighting systems.
• Avoid blocking of wildlife corridors and migration paths by fences or other
obstructions.
• Replace fresh drinking water for wildlife when natural water areas are
removed or blocked.
1.2.2 Preserve existing mature trees and vegetation within existing natural and naturalized
areas to the extent feasible. Natural vegetation is to be removed only as is necessary
to locate approved development and the construction of needed infrastructure.
1.2.3 In conjunction with local schools and volunteers, the City may participate in an
environment education program.
1.2.4 Pursue preservation of canyon areas in their natural state.
Objective 1.3 Maintain a system of recreation facilities which meets the active and passive recreational needs
of Diamond Bar residents of all ages.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Develop Recreation facilities emphasizing active and passive recreation areas. The
development of a community center, the acquisition of traditional neighborhood
parkland including community athletic fields should be pursued.
• Improve and enhance existing recreation areas.
• Pursue joint public/private development of recreation facilities.
• Develop and maintain a comprehensive inventory of recreation facilities and
update the facilities to ensure that the City's needs are being met.
• Actively pursue land acquisition for parks.
• Pursue acquisition of various hillside areas for natural parks.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -11
• Initiate a program of identifying environmentally significant areas in the
City and the sphere of influence, and analyze the possibility of protecting
any unique or significant environmental features of such areas.
• Pursue protection of environmentally significant areas.
• Pursue development of an integrated trails system within the community.
1.3.2 Unless there is an overriding public recreation need, require that open space areas,
which are set aside as part of a development project have use suitable restrictions.
1.3.3 Maintain an inventory of open lands which were set aside for open space uses as
part of previous development approvals through the County, and require verification
as to the existence of any potential open space restrictions previously approved on
the subject property, prior to accepting development proposals.
1.3.4 Recreational Open Space shall be preserved as recreational open space including,
but not limited to, the Diamond Bar Golf Course.
1.3.5 Plan for the development of a system of greenbelts within the community.
1.3.6 Strive to provide neighborhood and community park facilities, such that a rate of
5.0 acres per parkland is ultimately achieved.
1.3.7 Develop a Needs Analysis to determine the present and future recreation and park
needs.
1.3.8 Prepare a comprehensive Master Plan of Parks which analyzes present and future
recreation and park needs.
• Develop design standards for park size, location, relationship and impact
to adjacent properties and community facilities.
• Provide list of existing park sites to be improved or expanded.
• Target locations for park acquisition and type of park required.
• List timing and phasing of acquisition and improvements of parkland.
• Provide costs of acquisition and improvements, including funding sources
and implementation priorities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 111-12
GOAL 2 "Identify limits on the resources needed to support existing and future uses within the
City of Diamond Bar and its sphere of influence, and ensure that resources are used
wisely."
Objective 2.1 Minimize the consumption of water through a combination of water conservation and use of
reclaimed water.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Coordinate with the local water agencies to encourage and expand the use of
reclaimed wastewater, stored rainwater, or household gray water for irrigation.
a. In cooperation with adjacent communities and area water purveyors, develop
a plan to initiate the use of reclaimed water; require new development and
intensification of existing development to include dual water systems in
appropriate locations.
b. Work with the local schools and establish a public education program
providing information to City residents regarding the potential and
advantages for reuse of water.
C. Where feasible, direct storm waters collected in streets and drainage systems
to settling basins or small lakes within parks or open space areas, as long
as it benefits and does not adversely disrupt local plants or wildlife.
d. Work with property owner and other jurisdictions and agencies to plan and
locate reclaim water facilities within the Tres Hermanos area.
2.1.2 Encourage the installation of contemporary and feasible water conservation
technologies into new developments, or retrofitted into existing developments, where
intensification is proposed.
• Pressure reducing valves that would reduce supply line pressures in excess
of 50 psi to 50 psi or less.
• Flush valve operated water closets which minimize water usage.
• Drinking fountains equipped with self-closing valves.
• The insulation of all hot water lines for the purpose of providing hot water
faster with less water waste, and keeping hot water pipes from heating cold
water pipes.
• Thermostatically controlled mixing valves for baths and showers, and water
conserving models of washers and dishwashers.
• Low flow faucets and shower heads.
2.1.3 Encourage the use of primarily drought -tolerant plants, efficient design in landscape
application, and the use of reclaimed water systems.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 I11-13
a. As part of the City development review of landscaping plans, discourage
installation of large areas of lawn or turf, or limit installations to areas that
require the use of grass where feasible.
b. Where domestic water supplies are used in the irrigation of turf areas,
encourage the use of drought tolerant vegetation.
C. To the extent possible, encourage the preservation of existing native trees
and shrubs, as established plants are often adapted to low water
consumption.
d. Require residential builders to provide information to prospective buyers of
new homes within the City of Diamond Bar regarding drought -tolerant
planting concepts.
C. Require non-residential builders to provide information to prospective
buyers or tenants within the City of Diamond Bar regarding drought -
tolerant planting concepts.
f. Where possible, require the extensive use of mulch in landscape areas to
improve the water -holding capacity of the soil by reducing evaporation and
soil compaction.
2.1.4 Require irrigation efficiency within the City. Encourage and upgrade irrigation
systems to the most efficient system available.
2.1.5 Be prepared for rationing or supplies of water being limited in case of extended
drought. Prepare Water Management Regulations that can he implemented should
water supplies become severely limited. Potential actions could include restrictions
against watering of sidewalks, excessive runoff from irrigation, yard watering on
alternate days. etc.
Objective 2.2 Encourage efficient use of energy by ntinintizing the consumption of energy resources to the
ntinintal amount needed to support existing and planned land uses, through a combination of
efficient land use patients and passive and active energy conservation systems.
Strategies:
2.2.1 As a general principle, replace total dependence on nonrenewable, imported energy
resources with a greater reliance on locally available renewable resources to a degree
which is feasible and in accord with current technology.
-222 In conjunction with review of development applications, require the incorporation,
where feasible, of the following:
• Provide for clusters of buildings with protected indoor or plaza/open areas
within multiple family residential, commercial, and office projects to
promote protection from the wind and sun.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -14
• Construct internal roadways of the minimum widths necessary for safe
circulation in order to minimize solar reflection and heat radiation from
impervious material.
• Where possible, minimize reflective surfaces (i.e. parking lots) on the north
and east side of buildings; alternatively, where parking areas must be
located to the south or west of buildings, provide additional landscaping to
reduce heat gain.
• Orient the maximum amount of glass possible toward the south, the side
with the greatest amount of solar collection (heat gain potential), in
combination with other measures for shading to mitigate against summer
heat.
• Use appropriate building shapes and locations in order to promote
maximum feasible solar access of individual units.
• Design individual buildings to maximize natural internal lighting through
interior court wells, interior court areas, skylights, clerestory windows, and
energy efficient building shapes.
• Use canopies and overhangs to provide shade to windows during summer
months, while allowing for reflection of direct sunlight through the windows
during winter months (care should be taken to assure that overhangs and
canopies do not prevent sufficient light for daytime purposes).
• Incorporate the use of drought tolerant deciduous trees in landscaping
plans, especially near buildings and around expanses of paved areas.
• Incorporate drought tolerant deciduous vines, trellises, and canopies to
shade south and westward facing walls, to cool them in summer months.
• Locate trees and hedges planted close to buildings so as to channel
beneficial cooling breezes through openings.
2.2.3 Ensure that sufficient shading of parking surfaces is provided within multi -family,
commercial, and office projects to reduce heat gain.
2.2.4 Investigate the feasibility of adopting an Energy Ordinance that will incorporate
retrofit provisions for the installation of energy conservation measures on existing
structures, solar pool and hot tub provisions that will prohibit natural gas heaters
as the primary energy source.
2.2.5 Implement, through the subdivision ordinance or through other appropriate
mechanisms, the Solar Rights Act of 1978 which addresses structural orientation for
solar access, and includes such concepts as solar easements, functional landscaping,
street layout, and architectural designs that reduce energy costs.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -1s
2.2.6 Maintain in the Development Code provisions to require solar energy systems for
the heating of swimming pools in all new multi -family residential developments.
2.2.7 Take full advantage of the CEQA process as a tool for evaluating energy use and
potential energy impacts, and for implementing appropriate energy conservation
measures.
2.2.8 Require the inclusion, where feasible, of provisions for energy efficient modes of
transportation and fixed facilities which establish public mass transit, bicycle,
equestrian, and pedestrian modes as desirable alternatives.
2.2.9 Work with appropriate federal, State, and private utility agencies to identify and
facilitate appropriate legislation for utility rate revisions that would provide
incentives for the conservation of energy by the shifting of energy usage to non -peak
hours.
2.2.10 Increase public awareness of energy conservation technology and practices by the
dissemination of information that describes energy conservation practices for
community members. This will encourage ongoing communication and the generation
of ideas, plans, and programs for the future development of Diamond Bar as an
energy efficient city.
Objective 2.3 Reduce Duero!l local energy consumption by promoting efficient land use patterns which reduce
the annount of vehicular travel.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Land uses in the City will be planned to reduce vehicle miles traveled between
compatible and related uses, such as home -shopping, home -office, home-school, etc.
a. This will apply to mixed-use Planned Developments in particular when
planning and reviewing new land uses.
2.3.2 Design and implement a citywide system of bikeways and pedestrian trails as
non-polluting circulation alternatives.
Objective 2.4 Cooperate with and encourage local educational, govenunental, and private organizations in the
development and use of new energy technologies that are deemed environmentally safe.
Strategies:
2.4.1 Maintain open communication with other local, regional, state or federal agencies
regarding the evaluation of current energy problems and state-of-the-art technologies
and practices.
2.4.2 Emphasize fuel efficiency and the use of alternative fuels in the acquisition and use
of City -owned vehicles and fleet vehicles of City franchisees; support programs which
would serve to enhance or encourage the use of public transit systems.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16. 1993 111-16
a. Cooperate with the South Coast Air Quality Management Agency in the
development and local testing of new alternative fuels or other energy
programs.
2.4.3 Participate with local organizations on research and/or the development of alternate
energy sources, including cogeneration, photovoltaic, biomass, waste to energy, wind,
etc.
2.4.4 Investigate the potential for adding provisions in the Development Code to require
industrial and/or commercial projects to be sited to facilitate photovoltaic and/or
cogeneration units.
Objective 2.5 Minimize the environmental impacts of landfill disposal of solid wastes through an aggressive
public education and information campaign designed to promote a comprehensive program of
source reduction, recycling, composting, and household hazardous waste reduction activities.
Strategies:
2.5.1 Develop and implement a Source Reduction and Recycling Element according to the
guidelines established by State law and the California Integrated Waste Management
Board.
2.5.2 Develop and implement a Household Hazardous Waste Element according to the
guidelines of the California Integrated Waste Management Board. Incorporate this
element into the Plan for Resource Management of the General Plan.
2.5.3 Reduce wasteful packaging of products sold in the City through educational and
technical assistance which emphasizes the reduction of non -recyclable products,
replacement of disposable materials with reusable materials, and the purchase of
repairable products.
2.5.4 Implement a mandatory Citywide recycling program including residential curbside
collection and voluntary on-site programs serving multi -family, commercial and
industrial generators.
2.5.5 Educate residential, commercial and industrial generators about source reduction
and recycling programs and encourage their participation by developing a
promotional campaign which informs them about diversion programs, identifies
opportunities for participation in such programs, and provides motivational
incentives to increase participation.
25.6 Require commercial and industrial generators to develop and implement a source
reduction and recycling plan tailored to their individual waste streams.
2.5.7 Reduce the amount of yard wastes generated by public and private residences
through ongoing promotion of "grasscycling" and on-site composting of leaves and
other organic materials.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16, 1993 III -17
2.5.8 Designate City held open space and public facilities as "green zones" and conduct
an aggressive pursuit of eidsting and potential City uses for compost produced from
locally generated yard waste such as park and median sites.
25.9 Increase public understanding of methods to reuse materials in their everyday lives.
Encourage the provision of educational materials on the environmental damage of
disposable products and materials.
2.5.10 Reduce the disposal of household hazardous wastes in landfills through continued
cooperation with the County Sanitation Districts and the Los Angeles County
Department of Public Works on implementation of a Countywide household
hazardous waste management program.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
June 16. 1993 III -18
IV. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY EL�ENO:1V'�'
A. INTRODUCTION
..................
The Plan for Public Health and Safety:,
afety€Eeni contains provisions that relate to the protection of life, health,
and property from natural hazards and man-made hazards. It is designed to identify areas where public and
private decisions on land use need to be sensitive to hazardous conditions caused by slope instability, seismic
activity, flood, fire, and wind.
State planning law requires cities and counties to identify hazardous conditions and to prepare and implement
policies to assure public health and safety. Section 65302(g) of the Government Code describes these
requirements (Safety Element) in the following terms:
"A safety element is for the protection of the community from any unreasonable risks
associated with the effects of seismically induced surface rupture, ground shaking, ground
failure, tsunami, seiche, and dam failure; slope instability leading to mudslides and
landslides; subsidence and other geologic hazards known to the legislative body; flooding; and
wildland and urban fires. The safety element shall include mapping of known seismic and
other geologic hazards. It shall also address evacuation routes, peak load water supply
requirements, and minimum road widths and clearances around structures, as those items
relate to identified fire and geologic hazards."
In addition, adoption of a Noise Element has been a requirement of local General Plans since 1971. Section
65302 (h) of the California Government Code requires:
"A noise element which shall identify and appraise noise problems in the community. The
noise element shall recognize the guidelines established by the Office of Noise Control in the
State Department of Health Services and shall analyze and quantify, to the extent practicable,
as determined by the legislative body, current and projected noise levels..."
...................
..................
...................
The Planmer Public Health and Safety ]E;leroeht provides the goals and strategies necessary to protect
Diamond Bar residents from the hazards associated with natural and man-made environments. The purpose
of these goals and strategies in this section is to incorporate safety considerations into the City's planning
and decision making process to reduce identifiable risks.
The City of Diamond Bar and its citizens must decide the degree of risk that is acceptable for various natural
and man-made hazards. Risks identified in existing development may be lowered to an acceptable level by
physical alteration, relocation or demolition, or a change in the use altogether. For new development, the
emphasis is to regulate construction so as to minimize identifiable risks to the extent possible.
The Plait fer Public Health and Safety Hlen ent addresses the following issues:
Geology and Seismicity
Flooding
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
Junc 16, 1993 IV -1
• Fire Protection Services
• Crime and Protection Services
• Emergency Services and Facilities
• Hazardous Materials
• Air Quality
• Noise
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
The following summarizes information presented in the City of Diamond Bar Master Environmental
Assessment.
1. Geology and Seismicity
The Diamond Bar region is part of a dynamic geological region. It is underlain by marine sediments that
are thousands of feet thick which were laid down over the last 25 million years. Bedrock materials are not
well consolidated and consist of various sandstones, shales, and siltstones of the Puente formation, which is
represented by three major components or members: La Vida; Soquel; and Yorba. Stream -carried (alluvial)
materials are present in natural canyons while man-made fill is found in previously developed areas. Local
soils are mainly derived from weathering of the bedrock units, and are not considered prime in terms of
agricultural activities.
Southern California is seismically active, and the region contains a number of major active faults. The San
Andreas Fault Zone, located 26 miles northeast of the City, is considered to have the greatest potential to
cause regional damage. However, the Los Angeles County Engineer has estimated that four potentially active
local faults (Whittier, San Jose, Sierra Madre, and San Gabriel) have a higher potential for causing local
damage. Several major faults are located adjacent to the City. The Whittier Fault Zone passes just south
of Tonner Canyon, the City's sphere of influence, while the Chino Fault passes within a mile of the City's
eastern boundary. In addition, there are three small inactive local faults within Diamond Bar: the Arnold
Reservoir Fault (near Grand Avenue in the northeast portion of the City; the Spadra Fault, located in the
far northern portion, of the City; and the Diamond Bar Fault, located in the south-central portion of the City.
A small inactive fault, the Tonner Canyon Fault, is located in the City's sphere of influence.
2. Flooding
Runoff in the City is accommodated by three major natural drainages: San Jose Creek to the west, Diamond
Bar Creek to the southwest, and Brea Canyon Creek to the southwest. The only area of the City with flooding
problems, as -identified -by the. Federal Emergency Management Agency Flood Insurance Program, is along the
Reed Canyon Channel at Brea Canyon Road and Lycoming. However, the lands within the City of Industry
adjacent to Diamond Bar, generally located west of the 57 freeway from Temple to Lemon, also have potential
flooding problems. While most of the backbone drainage system has already been installed by the County
of Los Angeles, there are still a few links and improvements that have not been constructed. The City
presently lacks a master plan of drainage. The sphere of influence is drained by Tonner Canyon Creek. This
area presently has no major flood control improvements and flooding can occur along the entire length of
this natural stream channel.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 IV -2
3. Fire Protection Services
Diamond Bar faces a significant potential threat from wildland fires for the following reasons: it is adjacent
to large undisturbed natural areas to the east and south; it has many undeveloped hillsides and canyons
covered with native vegetation; many older homes have wood shingle or shake roofs; the state-wide drought
has killed, damaged, or dried out much of the otherwise healthy natural, as well as introduced, vegetation;
and the area periodically experiences strong dry "Santa Ana" winds when other fire conditions are high.
Despite these conditions, the Insurance Service Organization (ISO) gives the developed portions of the City
a rating of 3, which is considered good for urbanized areas. The sphere of influence and the undeveloped
hillsides in the City that are adjacent to Tonner Canyon do not presently have (or need) these same levels
of protection.
Fire protection services for the area are presently provided by the Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire
Protection District, which maintains three stations in or adjacent to the City. County stations 119, 120, and
121 are fully equipped and staffed. Analysis of available service level data indicates that the City will
probably not need an additional fire station, although any significant development in the sphere of influence
area might require additional protection.
4. Crime and Protection Services
The level of major crime in Diamond Bar is presently half of that experienced in communities of comparable
size. The types of local crimes are typical of suburban communities in the Los Angeles region, including
vandalism, traffic accidents, and theft. Protection services are provided under contract to the City by the Los
Angeles County Sheriffs Department out of the Walnut -San Dimas Regional Station. The City is presently
served by 29 deputies and 18 patrol vehicles. The County maintains an average emergency response time of
4.5 minutes within the City. Diamond Bar will need additional protective services as it grows, although it may
not need additional facilities within the City limits. The Firestone Boy Scout Ranch within the sphere of
influence presently has private security.
5. Emergency Services and Facilities
The Diamond Bar area is served by a number of hospitals and related medical facilities within Los Angeles,
San Bernardino, and Orange counties. Although there is no major treatment facility within Diamond Bar,
there are seventeen hospitals or major treatment centers within a 15 mile drive. The Los Angeles County
Consolidated Fire Protection District maintains paramedic service at station 119 just west of the City, as well
as at stations 61 and 118 in nearby Walnut. The County also contracts with several local companies for
ambulance service, and can also provide airborne evacuation. The region could also face major emergencies
or disasters, such as earthquakes, hazardous material spills, train accidents, high winds, etc. The City has
recently begun developing a response plan for major emergencies.
6. Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials- presently create a potential -threat to the City. The primary threat facing the City would
come from a major traffic or train accident involving spillage of hazardous or toxic materials. There -are
industrial or other businesses within the City or in the nearby City of Industry that treat, handle, or store
hazardous materials. As the area continues to grow, the likelihood of an accident or the potential for illegal
dumping increases. The Los Angeles County consolidated Fire Protection District maintains "Hazmat"
Response Teams to handle emergencies involving these materials, but the City must deal with the local
implications of hazardous wastes. According to State law, the City is required to develop a "Household
Hazardous Waste Element."
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 D'-3
7. Air Quality
The entire south coast air basin, within which Diamond Bar is located, suffers from some of the worst air
quality in the nation. Pollutants are not only generated locally within the east San Gabriel Valley, but are
also transported downwind from the Los Angeles basin. The primary pollutants of concern are ozone
(oxidants) and nitrogen dioxide, which are mostly generated by vehicular exhaust. The number of first stage
smog alerts has decreased dramatically from the early part of the decade. However, local ozone levels have
still exceeded state standards on over 100 days during each of the past three years. Local topography,
climate, wind, and air movement patterns tend to concentrate air pollutants along the freeway corridors and
especially in the Diamond Bar area. Several local intersections, including Grand Avenue/Diamond Bar
Boulevard and Grand Avenue/Golden Springs Drive, experiencesignificantly elevated levels of air pollutants
during peak driving hours.
8. Noise
The City of Diamond Bar is relatively quiet except for noise corridors created by traffic on major roadways
and freeways. Noise is typically measured in decibels on the A -weighted scale db(A) which most closely
resembles the range of human hearing. Community noise levels are often measured on the Community Noise
Equivalent Level (CNEL) scale, with 65 db(A) considered to be the threshold for urban and suburban land
planning and compatibility with residential areas. Noise levels have been estimated along major roadways
within Diamond Bar based on traffic volumes and the physical configuration of streets. The combined 57/60
freeway corridor generates the most noise, producing a 65 CNEL contour onto adjacent land uses
approximately 1.379 feet wide. The 57 Freeway by itself, north of the 60 Freeway, has a much smaller 65
CNEL corridor of only 759 feet. However, the 60 Freeway alone, both east and west of the 57 Freeway,
generates a 65 CNEL noise corridor 1,015 feet wide. These figures mean that daily outdoor noise levels in
areas adjacent or proximate to the local freeways reach or exceed acceptable planning noise standards.
There are several major local roadways that generate (maximum) 65 CNEL levels beyond the right-of-way.
These include Brea Canyon Road (144'). Colima Road (125'), Diamond Bar Boulevard (121'), Grand Avenue
(107'), Pathfinder Road (89'), Lemon Avenue (78'), Golden Springs Drive (77'), and Sunset Crossing (35').
The only other major sources of local noise are the railroad lines along the western boundary of the City and
infrequent urban sources (dogs barking, airplane overflights).
C. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY ISSUES
1. Geology and Seismicity
Because of the diverse geological conditions, there are moderate to high geological constraints for development
in Diamond Bar, especially in hillside areas.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to adequately protect existing and future residents from
local geologic and seismic -related threats.
2. Flooding
There are no major identified threats from flooding within the City. However, there is no schedule at present
for the remaining improvements needed to complete the local drainage and flood control network. In
addition, the existing planned improvements are based on County plans for the area, and may not reflect
current projects or timing on the development of open land.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 JV 4
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to minimize the threat to its citizens from flooding, and
establish a schedule of improvements based on an updated master plan of
drainage. As pan of these policies, specific standards for protection from
various sue storms (10-, 25-, 50-, 100-, and 500 -year) are needed.
3. Fire Protection Services
A major fire represents a significant potential threat to local residents. In addition to the loss of structures
and life, a major fire could destroy valuable biological resources within the City or its sphere of influence.
As development continues in the interface between natural and developed areas, the threat of fire also
increases. The Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire Protection District currently provides adequate service
to the residents of Diamond Bar in terms of protection from the threat of fire. However, the City may wish
to pursue other administrative arrangements for financial or other reasons. As the City grows, it may be
necessary to provide additional equipment, personnel, or stations to continue adequate service levels.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies emphasizing the importance of fire prevention and
protection in the Diamond Bar area.
4. Crime and Protection Services
Although crime rates in the City are presently low, the threat of gang or other criminal activity creeping into
the community from neighboring urban areas could become a major issue. The City should take appropriate
action now to reduce and/or avoid the increase in local crime, such as urban design concepts which help
protect property and residents. The Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department presently provides an adequate
level of service to the community, as evidenced by the currently low crime rate.
As the City's population increases, there will be an increased need for protective services. Additional services
may also be needed as urban crime may continue to spread to suburban areas. To combat this, local
community and neighborhood involvement will be needed to help prevent or observe and report various
criminal activities. Any significant development in the sphere of influence would also require additional
protective services.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to emphasize the importance of careful design and
community action to minimize criminal activity in Diamond Bar.
5. Emergency Services and Facilities
At present, there appears to be an adequate number and variety of medical facilities and programs available
to City residents. However, as a new city, Diamond Bar must assess its own desires regarding the convenience
of medical services and determine if or how it will encourage certain medical uses into the City. Paramedic
and ambulance services likewise appear to he adequate, although additional services may be needed as the
community grows. Development in the sphere of influence may require additional medical or other emergency
facilities. The provision_.of daily- emergency -services must -also be coordinated with a local plan for responding
to regional disasters.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: 77ne City needs to decide if any additional medical facilities are needed and if
so, where and how should they be located to best sene local residents. The
City also needs a disaster preparedness plan to respond to regional emergencies.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 IV -5
6. Hazardous Materials
Hazardous wastes will continue to be an important community concern. The potential for accidents involving
hazardous materials is of concern to local residents.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should develop policies to clearly identify potential sources of
hazardous materials and how accidents or emergencies involving such materials
will be handled.
7. Air Quality
Air quality is still considered a major detractor to the quality of life in Diamond Bar, even though the vast
majority of it is generated elsewhere. While the City has little control over regional pollutants, it can take
a proactive position on this issue by stating its intent to minimize the generation of local air pollution. It
can also take advantage of the location of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) office
in Diamond Bar to offer itself as a "testing laboratory" for programs to reduce air pollution, where such
programs could be safely undertaken, thus establishing Diamond Bar as a model city for innovation in
Southern California.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should work cooperatively with local agencies to develop innovative
policies for reducing regional air pollution, in addition to implententing rile
current programs of the South Coast Air Quality Management Plan.
8. Noise
Noise is presently a problem for local residents along freeways and major roadways, generally only during
peak hours. However, noise problems will increase as traffic and population increase, especially where
development is built in areas that previously acted as buffers or barriers to local noise. As the population
of the City and region increases, there will also be an increase in infrequent urban noise sources. While noise
may be not be a significant problem compared to other cities, a quiet environment is typically a major factor
in rural living, and more than likely contributes to the quality of life perceived in Diamond Bar.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Emphasizing its importance to a rural lifestyle, the City needs clear policies on
how it will keep noise, primarily from major roadways, front impacting existing
as well as future residents.
9. Urban Runoff Stormwater Discharge Permits
In recent years, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has recognized the potential for groundwater
damage to occur as the result of pollutants carried in runoff from urban areas. These pollutants include oil,
grease, and heavy metals that generally accumulate in roadways and parking areas, and are the result of
motor vehicle use. To resolve the problem, the EPA requires that municipal agencies acquire discharge
permits for urban -areas similar -to the -permits issued for wastewater treatment plants. Los Angeles County
has received a discharge permit for urban runoff from the EPA. The City of Diamond Bar is a "co -permittee:'
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Development within the City of Diamond Bar will need to comply with the
provisions of the EPA urban stonnwater discharge permit.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 IV -6
D. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND STRATEGIES
TT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY TO PROVIDE
A SAFE AND HEALTHY ENVIRONMENT FOR THE RESIDENTS OF DIAMOND BAR.'
GOAL I. "Create a secure public environment which minimizes potential loss of life and
property damage, as well as social, economic, or environmental disruption resulting
from natural and manmade disasters."
Objective 1.1 Minintize the potential for loss of life, physical injury, and property damage from seismic
groundshaking and other geologic events.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Require that new emergency facilities including but not limited to fire stations,
paramedic services, police stations, hospitals, ambulance services, and emergency
operations centers be designed to withstand and remain in operation following the
maximum credible seismic event.
1.1.2 As required by the Uniform Building Code, require site-specific analysis of soils and
other conditions which might affect the severity of onsite impacts from maximum
credible seismic and geologic events.
Objective 1.2 Eliminate the potential for loss of life, and mininzize physical injury, property damage, public
health hazards, and nuisances from the effects of a 100 -year stonn and associated flooding.
Strategies:
1.2.1 As a prerequisite to new development or the intensification of existing development,
ensure that a drainage study has been completed by a qualified engineer, certifying
that the proposed development will be adequately protected, and that implementation
of the development proposal will not create new downstream flood hazards.
1.2.2 In coordination with the Los Angeles County Public Works Department, develop and
maintain a master plan of drainage, including an inventory of existing facilities, and
present development plans, to adequately assess existing and future flood control
needs and improvements within Diamond Bar.
1.2.3 Prepare a capital improvement program for flood control improvements needed to
complete .-a master . plan of drainage. This . schedule will be coordinated with
improvement plans by the County and address funding and timing of prioritized
improvements.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 I1_7
Objective 1.3 Require that propenes in and adjacent to wildland areas are reasonably protected from wildland
fire hazards without degrading the viability of natural ecosystems, providing a balance between
removal of flammable vegetation, introduction of fire resistant vegetation, and preservation of
natural vegetation.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Where development is proposed within areas potentially subject to wildland fire
hazards, ensure that the Consolidated Fire District has the opportunities to review
the proposal in terms of its vulnerability to fire hazard and its potential source as
a source of fire. Ensure that Fire Department recommendations regarding
mitigation of fire hazard risks are addressed.
1.3.2 Require new development in areas subject to wildland fire to be adequately protected
in a manner which minimizes the destruction of natural vegetation. Prioritize this
balance as follows:
• Protection of existing developed areas and areas currently approved for
development.
• Preservation of significant biological resources to the extent feasible.
Objective 1.4 Require that an adequate distribution of fire stations, equipment, and manpower, and maintain
a maximum five minute response rime to all urban areas.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Work with the Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire District to establish a funding
mechanism which would ensure that cost of providing new facilities and equipment,
including paramedic services, to support new development is assessed against the
developments creating that need.
1.4.2 Where appropriate, support increased protection levels from that provided by the
minimum fire standards included in the Uniform Building and Fire Codes (UBC and
UFC).
Objective 1.5 Minintize the risk and fear of crime through physical planning strategies that will maximize
surveillance opportunities, minimize opportunities for crimes, and by creating a high level of public
awareness and support for crime prevention.
Strategies:
1.5.1 Require that proposals for new development and for the intensification of existing
development are reviewed by the Sheriffs Department prior to approval.
1.5.2 Promote the establishment of neighborhood watch and business watch programs to
encourage community participation in the patrol of neighborhood and business
areas, and to facilitate increased awareness of potential criminal activities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 IV -8
Objective 1.6 Promote the provision of adequate medical and emeigency services to Diamond Bar residents.
Strategies:
1.6.1 Coordinate with appropriate agencies for the provision of evacuation and ambulance
services within acceptable service levels and response times.
1.6.2 Investigate the need and feasibility of locating a major medical facility within the
City of Diamond Bar.
Objective 1.7 Prepare and maintain effective emergency preparedness and response programs.
Strategies:
1.7.1 Coordinate the City's disaster preparedness plans with the State Office of Emergency
Management, County, schools, and other neighboring jurisdictions, and participate
in the development of a regional system to respond to daily emergencies and major
catastrophes.
1.7.2 The City's disaster plan shall integrate community resources into municipal
emergency management, including a list of local resources such as personnel,
equipment, material, specialized medical and other training, and au:dliary
communications.
1.7.3 Provide areawide mutual aid agreements and communication links with adjacent
governmental authorities and other participating jurisdictions.
1.7.4 Disseminate public information regarding actions which residents and businesses
should take to minimize damage in a natural disaster, as well as actions which
would be taken to facilitate recovery from a natural disaster.
Objective 1.8 Protect life and property from the potential detrimental effects (short and long terns) of the
transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes in the City.
Strategies:
1.8.1 Pursue establishment of a regular citywide program of household hazardous waste
collection according to the provisions of Section 41500 of the Public Resources Code
(see also the solid waste section of the Plan for Resource Management for additional
policies).
1.8.2 Coordinate emergency response personnel to respond to hazardous materials
incidents.
1.8.3 Require development to meet the requirements of the County's urban stormwater
discharge permit.
Diamond Bar General PlanPublic Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 N-9
Objective 1.9 The City should seek to improve local and regional air quality by encouraging ride -sharing, use
of public transit, and other transportation demand management techniques.
Strategies:
1.9.1 Promote the provision of non-polluting transportation alternatives such as a citywide
system of bikeways and pedestrian sidewalks.
1.9.2 Work with the South Coast Air Quality Management District to establish a program
of District review and comment on major proposed development projects within the
City.
1.9.3 Implement the provisions of the South Coast Air Quality Management Plan; review
projects for consistency with the South Coast Air Quality Management Plan.
1.9.4 Include trip reduction requirements consistent with SCAQMD Regulation XV and
the requirements of the Los Angeles County Congestion Management Plan in the
development code with the goal of reducing home -to -work trips by facilitating and
participating in the following programs:
• Incorporate design measures into new development and, where feasible, into
existing developments proposed for intensification, including preferential
parking areas for car and van pools, employee drop off areas, secure bicycle
parking areas, bus turnout areas, etc.
• Disseminate information to Diamond Bar residents regarding the
advantages of, and procedures involved in, ride sharing and public transit.
1.9.5 Ensure that site designs facilitate rather than discourage pedestrian movement
between nearby uses.
1.9.6 Require grading plans to include appropriate and feasible measures to minimize
fugitive dust.
1.9.7 The City will cooperate with the South Coast Air Quality Management District to
be a "test facility" or a laboratory for testing new air pollution control programs
where such programs can be safely conducted at no expense to the City or its
residents.
1.9.8 The City will offer to local governmental agencies, educational institutions, and
businesses the opportunity to test new technologies and/or programs designed to
reduce air pollution, either directly or indirectly.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16. 1993 IV -10
Objective 1. 10 Consider noise issues in land use planning and development permit processing to require that
noise generated by one use or facility does not adversely affect adjacent uses or facilities.
Strategies:
1.10.1
Within identified 65 dB CNEL noise contours, require that site-specific noise
studies be prepared to verify site-specific noise conditions and to ensure that noise
considerations are included in project review,
1.10.2
Within identified 65dB CNEL noise corridors, ensure that necessary attenuation
measures are applied to meet adopted interior and exterior noise standards.
1.10.3
Through the CEQA process, analyze new projects which might have a significant
impact on noise sensitive uses (projects are defined as actions having the potential
to unreasonably increase projected CNEL noise levels). Require appropriate
mitigation measures to ensure that adopted noise standards within sensitive land use
areas are not exceeded as the result of the proposed project.
1.10.4
As part of the Development Code, adopt noise -related development standards.
1.10.5
Where possible, encourage attenuation of existing noise problems within existing
development where adopted noise standards are being reached or exceeded.
1.10.6
As part of the General Plan review, determine whether: (1) roadway and freeway
traffic levels have increased; (2) new noise generation sources have been created;
and (3) if update of the noise contour map is warranted.
1.10.7
Apply mitigation measures as needed to noise generators and receptors to ensure
that adopted noise standards are met and to protect land uses from excessive noise
impacts.
1.10.8
Ensure that land uses are located so as to meet the following standards:
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
June 16, 1993 IV -11
Table IV -1
Noise Standards
Maximum Exterior
Land Use
CNELI Maximum Interior CNEL
Rural, Single Family, Multiple Family 65 dBA 45 dBA
Residential
Schools: 65 dBA 45 dBA
Classrooms 70 dBA --
playgrounds
50 dBA
Libraries
Hospitals/Convalescent Facilities: 50 dBA
Living Areas 40 dBA
4leenine Areas
Recreation: 65 dBA '-
Quiet. Passive Areas 70 dBA -
Noisy, Active Areas
70 dBA --
Commercial and Industrial 50 dBA
Office Areas
Based on a weighted average noise level measured over a 24 hour period.
Public Health and Safety Element
Diamond Bar General Plan IV -12
June 16. 1993
V. DT AAT FORP!RzS!GA T MOB11 i'i�c7
A. INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the i£a#oj is to define
the transportation needs of the City and present a comprehensive transportation plan to accommodate those
needs. The focus of this plan is the identification and evaluation of local circulation needs of the City
of Diamond Bar, balancing those needs with regional demands and mandates. It has been developed to guide
the orderly improvement of the circulation system within the City in a manner which will protect the quality
of life which is Diamond Bar and in direct response to the City's Land Use Element.
The overall intent of the Circulation Element is to provide safe and efficient movement between homes and
jobs, stores, schools or parks within the City. Under State planning law, each city must develop and adopt
a comprehensive long-term general plan for the physical development of that city. The following is a
mandatory requirement relating to city transportation planning: boested at the eanyef:genee of Reete §:; and
Rowe 60, at Los AWles GettnPj�s befdefs %ith.San Befnafdine and Grange Gouttfies, Diamond Bar's tf affie
Government Code Section 65302(b): A circulation element consisting of the general location and
extent of existing and proposed major thoroughfares, transportation routes, terminals, and other local
public utilities and facilities, all correlated with the land use element of the plan.
This is the first circulation element prepared for the City of Diamond Bar. Although it is a new city, it is
not a newly developing city, but rather one that is largely built out. Many strategic decisions related to
transportation facilities (e.g., locations of roadways) were made fe[€I:€ev prior to iEs
......ty......:.:.:..
incorporation. This circulation element provides the first opportunity to eval...uate how best to utilize these
facilities, from the perspective of the City of Diamond Bar, its residents, businesses, and other users of City
services.
The utitik#"1ikli�nY addresses the following issues:
• Streets and Highways
• Transit and Paratransit Services
• Railroad Lines
• Bicycle and Equestrian Trails
• Aviation
• Goods Movement
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 15, 1993 V-1
(The "E)isting Conditions" section, pp V-2 thru V-16 of the July, 1992 Draft has been revised and
reformatted.)
E: `> ISSUE
1. Future Development in Diamond Bar
The levels of development which would be permissible under the proposed General Plan would result in
approximately 6,2M H additional dwelling units, 918,
A99# square feet of commercial uses and 887;387
:....:
T-RDsquare feet of office and business park uses. These estimated additional de-velopment opper-tttr�ties
fed to iner-esse ffew 348,632 wver-age daily ffips in 1991 to 471,474 iwefage ditily trips in NIG. This
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to address impacts to all streets in Diamond Bar and
tiJttf esterblisir roadway level -of -service standards.
2. Projected Growth in the Region
In addition to increases in traffic attributable to growth and development within the City of Diamond Bar
itself, the City will be impacted by future growth and development in surrounding communities and the region.
Increased traffic in the region will impact Diamond Bar through increased traffic volumes along the regional
transportation facilities including Routes 57 and 60 and Grand Avenue.
e4eng these faedities were obtained ff em SGkG made! data atid ineer-fler-ated into the QP�s tFsyel deniand
medel.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to address impacts to all streets in Diamond Bar and
to ra 3 ri enablish roadway level -of -service standards.
3. Future Roadway System Within Diamond Bar
Many of the roadway facilities within Diamond Bar are projected to carry volumes of traffic at or in excess
of recommended daily capacity by the year 2010. amQls ark as. #o1#o�vs
Diamond Bar Boulevard - Average daily traffic volumes along Diamond Bar Boulevard immediately south of
Grand Avenue are projected to be double theSCi3bl AlWfaCSO a four -lane roadway.
South of Grand Avenue to Brea Canyon Road, forecast daily volume along Diamond Bar Boulevard exceed
recommended carrying capacity. North of Sunset Crossing, traffic volumes along Diamond Bar Boulevard
are projected to be within the carrying capacity of a four -lane roadway.
Colima Road - Year 2010 traffic volumes along Colima Road west of Brea Canyon Road are projected to
x
e cee
d
ai?te.;>raaxt uat..vtl ar #t es g-etpeeity of this four -lane roadway. From east of Lemon
Avenue to the City of Diamond Bar boundary, Colima Road is forecast to carry traffic at or slightly below
the recommended carrying capacity for a four -lane roadway.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-2
Golden Springs Road - Golden Springs Road is forecast to carry traffic volumes within carrying capacity for
a four -lane divided roadway. The portion of Golden springs Road east of Grand Avenue is not a divided
roadway and forecast traffic volumes along this segment would exceed capacity.
Grand Avenue - Year 2010 traffic volume forecasts along the entire length of Grand Avenue within the City
of Diamond Bar are estimated to be in excess of the do iital#le v4ttttt Cs to egmeity of a -four -lane
divided roadway. As presently occurs, a significant amount of this traffic is estimated to be through traffic
with neither origin nor destination within the City.
Brea Canyon Road - The section of Brea Canyon Road from Colima Road to Washington Street is projected
to carry traffic volumes requiring the capacity of a six -lane divided arterial.
Routes 57 and 60 - Both the Pomona Freeway (SR -60) and the Orange Freeway (SR -57) are forecast to carry
traffic volumes significantly in excess of their capacity. This will result in continued congestion along these
facilities with spillover onto City streets as motorists seek less congested alternatives.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs to establish roadway classifications and standards for dedication
and roadway improvement for the principal streets in the City.
4. The Development of Tonner Canyon as an Alternative Travel Corridor
Around the City of Diamond Bar
With significant development planned for the Chino Hills area, both Diamond Bar Boulevard and Grand
Avenue are expected to carry larger through traffic volumes from SR -57 than at present into San Bernardino
County. Alternative routes to the south would help relieve future congestion along these and other arterials
within the City of Diamond Bar.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Future traffic volumes for selected arterials in Diamond Bar have been studied
for a scenario with possible extensions of Soquel Canyon Road and Tonner
Canyon Road and a scenario without either of these roadways extended.
5. Maintaining Grand Avenue's Current Traffic Carrying Capacity
With the completion of the extension of Grand Avenue in the City of Industry, Grand Avenue provides an even
more significant role as a regional arterial, carrying traffic to/from Routes 57/60.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Measures to enhance Grand Avenue while maintaining its current traffic -carrying
capacity within the existing right-of-way could include:
• Optimize signal coordination
• Reconstruction to improve interchange at Route 57/60
• Provide bus turnouts out of travel lanes
• Provide acceleration and deceleration lanes at Grand Avenue and Diamond Bar Boulevard
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-3
6. Increase the Attractiveness of State Routes 57 and 60 for through Traffic Use
It is desirable to reduce the use of Diamond Bar Boulevard by through traffic.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: One of the most feasible approaches the City can take to reduce through mffic
on Diamond Bar Boulevard is to work with Caltrans to improve conditions on
State Route 57 and 60. Possible improvements include:
• Upgrade the SR 57/60 interchange to eliminate undue at grade conflicts and weaving maneuvers.
• Provide HOV lanes on both SR -57 and SR -60.
• Provide truck climbing lanes where appropriate.
• Construct auxiliary lanes between key interchanges.
7 Cul-de-Sacing of Sunset Crossing Road at the City's Western Limits and
Maintaining Washington Street Cul -de -Sac
Sunset Crossing is presently a four -lane roadway providing access to/from a residential area of northwest
Diamond Bar. Sunset Crossing west of Route 57 has an interchange with southbound Route 57, extends
westerly and terminates east of the City limits adjacent to a park and Little League field. The County of Los
Angeles Highway Plan assumes Sunset Crossing is to be extended southwesterly, through the City of Industry
to a connection with Washington Street or in the vicinity. The City of Industry is considering development
of the area with industrial uses to make maximum advantage of its proximity to freight rail lines. However,
the area through which Sunset Crossing is to extend is presently substantially undeveloped. The extension
of Sunset Crossing and the proposed development of industrial uses adjacent to this arterial would
significantly increase the volume of traffic along Sunset Crossing and introduce a significant number of trucks
into this residential area.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should implement measures to maintain the integrity of residential
neighborhoods.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V4
GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES
GOAL 1 "Enhance the environment of the City's street network. Work toward improving the
problems presented by the intrusion of regionally oriented commuter trat6c through
the City and into residential neighborhoods. Consider programs to reinforce the
regional transportation and circulation system to adequately accommodate regional
needs."
Objective 1 Participate in local and regional transportation related planning and decisionmaking.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Preclude the connection of roadways from adjacent jurisdictions into the City
unless demonstrable benefits to Diamond Bar residents and businesses are indicated.
1.1.2 In reviewing transportation improvements, maintain a clear distinction betweenlocal
and regional objectives.
1.1.3 Ensure the opportunity for public comment on major changes in operational
characteristics of the circulation system.
1.1.4
Objective 1.2 Balance the need for optimum traffic flow on City anerials within economic realities,
environmental, and aesthetic considerations.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Prepare programs for traffic control measures.
1.2.2 -Maintain flexibility in the cross sections and configuration of streets within
topographically rugged or environmentally sensitive areas.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-5
Objective 1.3 Maintain the integrity of residential neighborhoods. Discourage through trafiric.
Strategies:
13.1 Prevent the creation of new roadway connections which adversely impact existing
neighborhoods.
1.3.2 Implement neighborhood traffic control programs to reduce and divert through
traffic.
1.3.3 Design new developments and their access points in such a way that the capacity of
local residential streets is not exceeded.
GOAL 2 "Provide a balanced transportation system for the safe and efficient movement of
people, goods and services through the City.
Objective 2.1 Maximize the use of alternative transportation modes within and through the City to decrease
reliance
on single passenger automobiles.
Strategies:
2.1.1
Maximize the availability and use of public transit service.
2.1.2
Investigate the feasibility of establishing a local transit system. Support privately
funded local transit systems for seniors and youths.
2.1.3
Support mixed-use developments to maximize transportation efficiency.
2.1.4
Pursue a cooperative effort with Caltrans and regional transit providers to develop
a major intermodal transportation facility at the proposed Metrolink Station near
Brea Canyon Road and State Route 60.
2.1.5
Encourage participation in carpools through the use of City publications and public
displays.
2.1.6
Coordinate to the extent possible with neighboring cities in the development of a
Transportation Demand Management (TDM) plan.
2.1.7
Work with Caltrans to build new park-and-ride sites and expand existing park-and-
ride facilities.
23:8
-Expand -and maintain the system -of bicycle routes connecting residential areas to
major community attractions.
2.1.9
Pursue a cooperative joint agencies program to provide access for Diamond Bar
residents to a regional light rail system.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993
V-6
2.1.10 Lobby Caltrans to provide HOV lanes on local freeways.
2.1.11 Explore the feasibility of interconnected public equestrian trails.
Objective 2.2 Maximize connection of all areas within the City through the circulation system.
Strategy:
2.2.1 Work to ensure that any new development is provided with adequate access from
within the City of Diamond Bar.
GOAL 3 "Maintain an Adequate Level of Service on Area Roadways."
Objective 3.1 Improve the safety and efficiency of existing transportation facilities.
Strategies:
3.1.1 Maintain level of service C or better at arterial mid -block segments (average daily)
and D or better during peak hours at signalized intersections to the extent possible.
{fie a ire of erw xsertpttous to Taf le ..:1.)
3.1.2 Improve arterial mid -block segments to provide average daily service levels of "C"
or better to prevent use of local and collector streets as alternate routes
3.1.3 Improve intersections in the City which due eerr-ently —pre—peak hour traffic
service levels worse than "D". as noted ttr ToNe—V 4 Where feasible. es
.
im r.00M.0 .0 Wd be til ;within existing right-of-way.
3.1.4 Develop a pavement management system and maintenance program for all public
roadways throughout the City.
3.1.5 Developa signal system management system and maintenance program for all traffic
signals - throughout the City.
3.1.6 Consider all opportunities to expand and maintain pedestrian access routes
throughout the City.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16. 1993 V-7
Objective 3.2 Explore all available opportunities and mechanisms for funding transportation improvements.
Strategy:
3.2.1 All new development shall be required to provide mitigation measures. Such
measures could include improvements or traffic impact fees.
3.2.2 Solicit State and Federal funds to improve area freeways to eliminate use of local
streets as part of the freeway system.
3.23 Consider implementing a traffic impact fee system.
GOAL 4 "Provide or Regulate the Provision of the Supply of Parking to Meet the Needs for
Both Residents and Commercial Businesses."
Objective 4.1 Ensure compliance with the Southern Califomia Air Quality Management District Regulation 15
trip reduction requirements.
Strategies:
4.1.1 Regulate the provision of preferential parking for high occupancy vehicles wherever
possible.
4.1.2 Consider reductions in parking in exchange for transportation demand management
programs.
Objective 4.2 Provide adequate parking for all types of land use within the City of Diamond Bar.
Strategy:
4.2.1 Use existing parking demand data sources to update City Code requirements
pertaining to parking, particularly the provision of sufficient parking for land uses
generating a high demand for parking.
4.2.2 Encourage school districts to improve parking and loading facilities for public
schools to minimize the impact on the circulation system.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16. 1993 V-8
The components of the circulation system in the City of Diamond Bar include the following:
• Streets and Highways
• Transit and Paratransit Services
• Railroads
• Bicycle and Equestrian Facilities
• Aviation
• Goods Movement
.............................
................................
]lad* of l"k.0 are described below:
1. Streets and Highways
a. Functional Classification
The two major considerations in classifying the City's street network functionally are access to adjacent
properties and movement of persons and goods into and through the City. City streets are classified by the
relative importance of these two functions assigned to them. The classification of streets is essentially a
determination of the degree to which access functions are to be emphasized at the cost of the efficiency of
movement or discouraged to improve the movement function. The design and operation of each street,
therefore, depends upon the importance placed on each of these functions. For example, streets designed to
carry large volumes of vehicles into and through the City have more lanes, higher speed limits, and fewer
driveways, while residential streets have fewer lanes, lower speed limits, and more driveways to provide access
to fronting properties.
The functional classification system allows the residents and elected officials to identify preferred
characteristics of each street. If observed characteristics of any street change from the functional
classification, then actions can be taken to return the street to its originally intended use or to change the
designated classification. For example, if traffic volumes and speeds on a residential street exceed expected
levels, then measures can be implemented which are designed to lower traffic volumes and reduce speeds.
Under the Circulation Element of the County of Los Angeles, roadways within Diamond Bar were categorized
into four functional classification types:
• Freeways
• Arterial Streets
• Collector Streets
• Local Residential Streets
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993
V-9
The following section describes the geometric and operational characteristics defined for freeways, arterial
streets, collector streets and local residential streets in the City. The descriptions are generally grouped by
facility type and include the number of lanes, curb-to-curb pavement width, presence of on-street parking,
median, bike lanes or truck restrictions, and average daily traffic volume.
Freeways generally provide inter-regional access. Their primary function is to move vehicles through the City,
thus, there is not access to adjacent land, and limited access to arterial streets. Freeways contain anywhere
from 4 to 12 lanes with recommended design volumes fromS11DOD EL11(I<flp0 :chicles per dAY,69A9-fe
205.000 depending en geeraeoie designs whieh per-mi! high Oayei speeds.
Arterial streets are generally d2e eomt.nereiai arteries. They carry the majority of traffic entering or traveling
through the City. A "major" arterial l would-eanisin either four or six lanes ilO-
iii felt ofhretigh Er�fGe-pies left Eafn lanes. l►4iaF�e�i[t!s- A SCEP A##ral serves the same function
as amajor arterial, but has. leve four lanes W#E#.: rlg#f-#li ytzay Rf i-iQ feetthrough 1f:affie and may or.
mtky not have geparate 'eh turn 'ones. Recommended design volumes on arterials range from 30,000 to 60,000
depending on number of lanes and pttirseietrnn p t#'tgp t ae s l -
Arterials serve two primary functions: to move vehicles into and through the City, and to serve adjacent
commercial land uses. Driveways and other curb cuts along arterials are generally limited to minimize
disruption to traffic flow.
Collector Streets are intended to carry traffic between the arterial street network and local streets or directly
from the access drives of higher intensity land uses. Collector streets are not intended to carry significant
amounts of through traffic. The category of collector street is further subdivided into collector streets and
residential collector streets.
Collector streets serve business or higher density attached residential land uses. They are generally two and
four lane roadways which serve a mixture of residential and more intense land uses and may carry traffic
from residential collectors to the arterial street network as well. The average daily traffic volume on a
collector street can be up to 20,000 vehicles per day.
A residential collector street generally carries traffic between residential neighborhoods and the arterial street
network. They are generally two-lane roadways which have residential or a mixture of residential and
commercial land uses along them. Average daily traffic volumes on minor collector streets are generally less
than 10,000 vehicles per day. Higher density residential land uses or side yards of single family homes may
be located adjacent to collector streets. Higher traffic volumes may be acceptable on certain collector streets
such as those with fronting commercial development or extra wide cross sections.
Local residential streets are designed to serve adjacent residential land uses only. They allow access to
residential driveways and often provide parking for the neighborhood. They are not intended to serve through
traffic traveling from one street to another, but solely local traffic. Traffic volumes on a residential street
should not exceed about 2,500 vehicles per day and 200-300 vehicles per hour. The maximum residential
traffic volume which _is -acceptable to -persons living . along a street may vary from one street to another
depending upon roadway width, type of dwelling units (i.e., high density apartments versus single-family
homes), presence of schools and other factors. The maximum volume of 2,500 is, therefore, to be used as a
guide only.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-10
Local residential streets include those streets predominantly residential in terms of adjacent property use,
and are intended to retain a residential character. t.0 Are..ty�yC&j�j�..1
_.
i aa<: ett raft,
}k:f;} :{:�%i)•i:+ii>: i::i K•:2+?::v:.i •:;.,v::{{{{.; {•}};:v; ...Y::: •r: w..; ..:,,
i�sy-i}:' v: vvY:: ?;:X:yvt.ii+}:!. y.,..,.:,.._2 .,..,.x.p+b;:•.:v{:q;.•k:•}}:.:,{.:{{.y3vy::":;.......} �
St. $.^}v 4mn . :..........:. f::::::::: wn, )...... )..:..wF2.;.,2m. ... x. .nx...... n.�:.::.: �:.::v:::..�:::.�.�:::::.:v:::::.: �:::..v::::::::::::.v:: �::: v. �.v; .......n:..+x:•: �::: w:::.
.. nv{:::.v: .?..:::.: :.:::.i: .::{:}:.".: •: •ri. .: :v::{y} w: n•.. :.....:..:..:.. :;: nvi'• :•:)..: .:: Y{q:::: {::.})}' .:v :•,;..�.y.v::.};.•'. ;•.v: •: •: •. •::::::::: �:::•vnvnv.v••: }:.v.v:. •: r•:•?:}:4:v:4?:+.•.:i::.v.�:.
... .,, .....{:;>)�:;:k:::.k:....>`:.....:Y.,,�{><«»a:::3:.<.:>::>.?n::?:E:>>::3r:>3;:}:E:3::3::3::::>�•��..}: r..>:.. ,{ .:...k .......:..::.:.::
&
..2>.;.? _ ):.>::.):
ru; otn
.v}3W.•
i :f:
::: w:2{4'.:%r.,•.. ....... .:• ::. :. ....::'v:: y}'{• � {::::•.�.;�+,: •:v':::'•:;:{}y:.{{::. kk}::}::::� kY{�> 3kkk:i::.
;:. :: .}
3� %vr.. r::tpv v....n.r:T`•:2ii�i:?{.}::•?}}i:C:::}}}>: �?}' �ii::'
��`�................ '. ....:..... • .... .. '�... .... �.': ...�ixlti��f'�#�`��$G�<#L�E::k�itt!tt=tixin3.�t=3>�3i .
6 . .fir. �a (� ,.:..:... ' :: •: �<;� .;.:..::.....::::.:.
..........:........................
'Yi{i%.::.��:• � :{{il%A•IY.�JQ[::j:.:i
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-11
Diamond Bar General Plan
June 16, 1993
Circulation Element
v -ii - A
POTENTIAL FUTURE SCHOOL
SITE ACCESS CONNECTIONS
1 ,
I o
57
JCy
y
i
/ FREEWAY
- MAJOR ARTERIAL
SECONDARY ARTERIAL
POTENTIAL FUTURE COLLLECTOR
CORRIDOR CONNECTION
Figure V-1
CIRCULATION ELEMENT ROADWAY SYSTEM
Table V-6 V4
City of Diamond Bar Roadway Classification
Los Angeles Roadway
County Diamond Bar Width dication Improv me
Roadway Classification Classification (ft.) S S. (it.) Stds. (ft.
Diamond Bar Blvd.
Major
Major
100
100
100
Colima Rd.
Major
Major
100
00
100
Golden Springs Dr.
i�lYQ
Seeeedaf)
Secondary
80
0
Grand Ave.
Major
Major
100
100
Pathfinder Rd. (c/o Brea Canyon Rd. -west
Major
Major
100
100 `
00
leg)
Pathfinder Rd. (w/o Brea Canyon Rd. -west
Mijiar
Secondary
80
80
80
leg)
Seeendafy
Brea Canyon Rd. (s/o Colima Rd.)
Iti(J[
Seeendafy
Secondary
80
80
80
Brea Canyon Rd. (n/o Colima Rd.)
Major
Major
100
100
100
Lemon Ave.
Major
Residential-
64
64
64
(s. of Colima)
Collector
4A9
Lemon Ave.
Major
Secondary
80
80
80
(n. of Colima)
Sunset Crossing Rd.
i4ina
Cul-de-sac
80
80
64
Washington St.
iti[if
seeettdefy
Cul-de-sac
80
Beaverhead Dr.
minor
Cul-de-sac
80
Lycoming St.
>£lino
Cul-de-sac
80
/80
64
Brea Canyon Cut -Off Rd.
Ltd Secondary
64-80
64-80
Chino Hills Pkwy. (referred to as Dudley
Major
sj41.
100
100
St.)
'Los Angeles County Highway Plan (November 1980)
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-13
6. Transit and Paratransit Services
Public bus transit service is provided to the City of Diamond Bar by the Southern California Rapid Transit
District (RTD) and Foothill Transit. Both fixed route transit and paratransit service operate within the City
of Diamond Bar. Fixed route transit services are typically bus lines which operate on regular schedules along
a set route, stopping at predefined bus stops. Fixed route service can be either local (intracity) or regional
(intercity). Paratransit services, more commonly referred to as Dial -a -Ride, are demand responsive services
which provide rides to passengers upon an individual request basis. Although they operate within a defined
service area, they do not operate on fixed routes or schedules. Paratransit service typically serve transit
dependent persons such as the elderly and handicapped. They often serve major destinations such as
hospitals and medical facilities but may also take passengers to local destinations such as neighborhood
shopping centers.
IsterseeEiea Allevemeet DAs
DAs
111oN-etnetosl L
Sunset Grossing Rd.�89 5:7 R*" All
A
A
fi
G
A
NB 5; Off ramp I�eft Turn F
F
N9 5; 09 ramp Thr-Ough E
D
lk� 5:7 Off romp Righi Turn i�
3. Railroad Lines
There are currently no passenger rail facilities in operation within the City of Diamond Bar. The nearest
Amtrak facilities are located in Pomona and Fullerton. The Pomona Amtrak station, which serves the
Southwest Chief line, is located at 2701 Geary Avenue and is approximately nine miles northeast of Diamond
Bar. The Fullerton Amtrak station, which serves the San Diegans line, is located at the corner of Sante Fe
and Harbor Boulevard and is approximately 13 miles to the southwest.
A Metrolink commuter rail station is planned along the Union Pacific Railroad at Brea Canyon Road, just
north of State Route 60.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16, 1993 V-14
The Union Pacific Railroad is the only freight rail line which serves the City of Diamond Bar. The line lies
along the City's northwestern boundary with the City of Industry, and serves the industrial areas north of
Walnut Drive and Lycoming Street.
4. Bicycle and Equestrian Trails
There are three different classes of bikeways which are commonly recognized. A definition of each bikeway
class is presented below:
Class I Bikeway (Bike Path) - A completely separated right-of-way for the exclusive use of bicycles (and
sometimes pedestrians). Cross-flow is minimized by limiting access to designated points.
Class 11 Bikeway (Bike Lane) - Routes designated by separately striped lanes and signs along streets or
highways. They provide restricted one-way travel for bicycles, although motor vehicles are sometimes
permitted to use the bike lane to make turns and to park.
Class III Bikeway (Bike Route) - Roadways in which the travel lanes are shared by motor vehicles and bicycles
whose route is designated by signs only. This type of bikeway does not provide cyclists with increased
privileges, but rather, informs motorists of the cycling route.
The City currently has two marked bikeways along both sides of the entire lengths of Diamond Bar Boulevard
and Golden Springs Drive. Diamond Bar Boulevard and Golden Springs Drive west of Diamond Bar
Boulevard contain Class II bike lanes. The width of the bike lanes vary from 12 feet throughout most of the
roadway to three feet at a few locations with narrower curb -to -curb widths. Most signalized intersection bike
lane approaches are striped to permit right turns by motor vehicles. Parking is not permitted within the bike
lanes except on Golden Springs near Brea Canyon Road and the northbound lane of Diamond Bar Boulevard
between Montefino Avenue and Grand Avenue. Golden Springs Drive north of Diamond Bar Boulevard is
designated a Class III bike route on both sides of the roadway. An additional bikeway is proposed for Brea
Canyon Road between Pathfinder Road and Colima Road.
There are currently no Class I bikeways within the City of Diamond Bar.
The County plans to have bicycle routes serving the region that will connect with local bicycle trails. The
county system proposes bicycle trails to enter Diamond Bar at the eastern end of Grand Avenue, and north
into the Tres Hermanos property along Tonner Canyon. Surrounding cities have also planned bicycle routes
to connect from Diamond Bar north along Mission Boulevard (City of Pomona), west along Grand Avenue
and Brea Canyon Road (the Cities of Walnut and Industry), and west along Colima Road (into Rowland
Heights).
There are currently no official equestrian trails available to the public within the City of Diamond Bar,
although a series of trails are proposed by the County of Los Angeles. Once completed, these trails will be
owned and maintained by -the County.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16. 1993 V-15
5. Aviation
There are no aviation facilities located within the City of Diamond Bar. Passenger air carrier and air cargo
facilities are located at Ontario International Airport located 15 miles to the east. The closest general
aviation airports are Brackett Field in La Verne, approximately nine miles to the north; and Chino Airport
in the City of Chino, approximately 11 miles to the east.
6. Goods Movement
Goods movement within the City of Diamond Bar occurs primarily through the use of trucks. The City has
established a designated truck route plan. Truck routes direct heavy truck traffic onto arterial and collector
facilities and away from local (residential) streets. This plan helps control noise and air pollution in
residential areas of the City and protects local streets from significant surface damage that might result from
heavy truck traffic. North of the combined section of the Orange/Pomona Freeway, it is necessary for freeway
traffic to exit onto Diamond Bar Boulevard when traveling southbound on the Orange Freeway en route to
the eastbound Pomona Freeway; and westbound Pomona Freeway traffic bound for the northbound Orange
Freeway. The section of Diamond Bar Boulevard between the eastbound Pomona Freeway ramps and the
northbound Orange Freeway ramps to the north, and Sunset Crossing Road between Diamond Bar Boulevard
and the southbound Orange Freeway ramps are designated truck routes. To enable access to the heavy
industrial areas of the City of Industry and the City of Diamond Bar north of Lycoming Street, truck routes
are designated in western Diamond Bar along Colima Road between Lemon Avenue and Brea Canyon Road,
along both Brea Canyon Road and Lemon Avenue north of Colima Road, and along Walnut Drive.
Entrances into the City notify drivers of a five -ton weight restriction for trucks within the City (except for
designated truck routes), in addition to parking restrictions which limit commercial vehicles over rive tons
to 30 minutes.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
June 16. 1993 V-16
........................ .
....................................
VL PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES EIE1V
................................ .
....................................
A. INTRODUCTION
State law does not require the preparation of a general plan element dealing specifically with public services
and facilities. However, it does state that...
"The general plan may include any other elements or address any other subjects which, in
the judgement of the legislative body, relate to the physical development of the county or city"
(Government Code Section 65303).
Diamond Bar, as a new City, faces many decisions as how to best provide services to the public, and what
types of facilities it needs to build to support those services. Therefore, a local General Plan element dealing
with the long-term provision of municipal services and facilities is appropriate for Diamond Bar.
The actual provision of various public services has already been addressed in the following sections of the
Diamond Bar General Plan:
I. Pion for Gem!r!nky Deyelopmen
..:
La
Mox-E em
.................
III. Plan-feF Resource Management Ek1itctlt
Land Use (for all services & utilities)
Parks and Recreation
Water (and Reclaimed Wastewater)
Energy Systems
Solid Waste
IV. NOR -F Public Health and Safety Flood Control
. ...............
Police
Fire
Emergency Services
Disaster Preparedness
.................
The Ilse Public Services and Facilities 6W seeks to tie the provision of these various services and
facilities together into an integrated strategy for municipal management. The Plan focuses on:
• Identifying City facilities and services needed to sustain the community's quality of life
• Long-range planning to fund City services and buildings
• Coordinating and cooperating with various local agencies to provide those services not
provided by the City.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16, 1993 VI -1
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
The City presently has a minimum of in-house staff, and contracts out much of the actual service provision
to local public and private agencies. In-house City services include administration, engineering, planning,
parks and recreation, and maintenance of public facilities. The City is also arranging for local collection of
solid waste. These daily functions are housed in City Hall, which currently consists of office space leased in
the Gateway Corporate Center.
The major physical assets of the City are its streets and parks, which were originally built by the County.
The existing street system is also in good condition at present. Park maintenance is presently handled by City
staff, although maintenance of the local landscape districts is contracted to private firms.
The County of Los Angeles provides a number of services under contract to the City. Wastewater conveyance
and treatment is provided by County Sanitation District No. 21. Although much of the physical sewage
infrastructure (pipelines) appear in generally good condition, there have been repeated failures of the pump
stations needed to lift flows to the regional collectors.
Flood control is provided by the County Flood Control District. Its facilities are in fairly good condition with
a small amount of seasonal flooding near the intersection of Brea Canyon Road and Diamond Bar Boulevard.
Solid waste disposal is handled by the County Solid Waste Management Department using several regional
landfills. However, landfill space could run out before the end of the decade.
Law enforcement in handled by the County Sheriffs Department out of the Walnut -San Dimas Station. Fire
protection, emergency evacuation, and response to accidents involving hazardous materials are all
accommodated by the County Fire Department with three stations in and around Diamond Bar.
The Los Angeles County Library System also maintains a very small community library on Grand Avenue
near Diamond Bar Boulevard.
Other services and facilities are provided within Diamond Bar by a variety of public and private agencies.
Domestic water service is provided by the Walnut Valley Water District, which is in turn supplied by Three
Valleys Municipal Water District and ultimately by the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California.
Water facilities are generally adequate, although the statewide drought makes the long-term supply of water
to this area questionable.
In terms of energy utilities, electricity is supplied by the Southern California Edison Company, while natural
gas is supplied by the Southern California Gas Company. Energy facilities are generally adequate to
accommodate existing and planned uses.
Comprehensive K-12 educational facilities and programs are provided by the Walnut Valley Unified School
District and the Pomona Unified School District.
Other services within Diamond Bar include branch office postal services administered in Pomona, RTD bus
system, Walnut -Diamond Bar YMCA, and Seniors organization.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16, 1993 VI -2
C. PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES ISSUES
If the City decides to provide more local services, services that are now contracted out, or decides to increase
the levels of existing services, there may be a future need for a larger civic center in a more centralized
location. This long-term facility need would have to be balanced against a community desire for no increases
in local costs. The most cost effective way to provide such a facility would be through a joint public/private
arrangement to build a civic center for the City, most likely in exchange for some kind of development
arrangement. This facility could also house a number of other social programs for City residents, such as
a senior center or a community center.
The City may wish to plan its own long-range program of wastewater conveyance and treatment separate from
Los Angeles County plans. Discussions with Orange County would be needed to determine if. a separate
sewage system were feasible. A larger problem would likely be the funding and timing of construction for
some type of new system. Although most of the backbone system is already in place and designed to flow
toward the Los Angeles system, a detailed alternative service plan could be prepared to address a change in
flow direction. The costs and timing of such a new system would have to be weighed against potential failures
of the existing system.
The existing flood control system is presently adequate, but the City should establish if or how any local costs
might accrue as the system ages, so that there are no "surprises" in future budgets. A master drainage plan
will need to be developed for the City and its sphere of influence.
The City may decide its wants to take a proactive role in developing long-term solutions to regional solid
waste problems, such as rail haul systems. At a minimum, the City will participate in the mandated planning
requirements for source reduction, recycling, and hazardous waste issues.
Police and fire services are presently adequate. However, the City may wish to study providing its own
protective services, or joining a more local association (non -County) to provide them. In the future, the
sphere of influence may require additional police and fire protection as development occurs.
The County's library is not presently adequate for local residents, although there are many other community
libraries in the area that can provide additional resources. The City may want to consider providing for its
own library, possibly as part of a centralized civic center complex in the future.
Although local water purveyors can adequately serve the area in terms of facilities, a continuation of the State-
wide drought could put severe restrictions on the availability of water. The City may wish to take a proactive
stance on securing additional water supplies for itself, or at least keeping current on potential new sources
or limitations.
Energy facilities and systems presently appear adequate, although there may be supply shortages in the future.
The City may wish to take a more active role in energy conservation and the development of new energy
technologies. There are numerous governmental and private organizations in the area that might wish to use
City resources to test -new programs or devices. The City may wish to take a more proactive role in planning
for its energy future.
Local schools are presently experiencing overcrowding at all levels. The State funding mechanism for
constructing new schools will probably not be sufficient to build local schools. Year-round school or other
programs or building modifications may be necessary to continue providing quality education to local
students. The City may choose to work closely with the local districts on site selection, funding mechanisms,
and joint use of facilities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16, 1993 VI -3
D. GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
7T IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN FOR PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES THAT
THE CITYACQUIREAND MAINTAINADEQUATE RESOURCES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF ITS
RESIDENTS."
GOAL 1 Provide adequate infrastructure facilities and public services to support development
and planned growth.
Objective 1.1 Maintain adequate systems for water supply and distribution; wastewater collection, treatment, and
disposal, solid waste collection and disposal, and energy distribution which are capable of
meeting the needs of the residents of Diamond Bar.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Prior to permitting a major extension of services or utilities to facilitate changes in
land use, conduct a thorough review of all social, economic, and environmental
factors associated with that extension; require the implementation of appropriate
mitigation measures.
1.1.2 Ensure that existing residents and businesses are not burdened with or are
reimbursed for the cost of financing infrastructure aimed at supporting new
development or the intensification of existing development which does not benefit
them.
1.1.3 Unless otherwise approved by the City. ensure that public water, sewer, drainage and
other backbone facilities needed for a project phase are constructed prior to or
concurrent with initial development within that phase.
1.1.4 Place the responsibility with the project sponsor for ensuring that all necessary
infrastructure improvements (including a pro -rata share system -wide improvements)
needed to support a project development are available at the time that they are
needed.
1.15 Coordinate the long-term provision of utility services, including water, wastewater,
electricity, natural gas, solid waste, etc. to assure adequate future levels of services
for City residents.
a. Investigate plans by the Metropolitan Water District to locate a reservoir
in upper Tonner Canyon,
Objective 1.2 Establish and implement comprehensive and equitable solutions to the financing of public
facilities and services.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16, 1993 V14
Strategies:
1.2.1 Establish a development fee structure which ensures that costs for new capital
facilities and expansion of existing facilities necessitated by proposals for new
development and intensification of existing development are internalized by those
projects, to the percentage appropriate to the development.
1.2.2 Investigate the establishment of proven financing techniques and mechanisms in
combination with programmed capital improvements to facilitate the provision of
desired community facilities.
Objective 1.3 Ensure that all Diamond Bar residents have access to high quality local educational facilities,
regardless of their socioeconomic status or location within the City.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Pursue a cooperative program with the City of Industry and the Pomona Unified
School district to secure land and construct a high school in the Pomona Unified
School District in the City of Diamond Bar such as within the Tres Hermanos
Ranch. As part of high school development, pursue development of a major joint
use recreational facility (e.g. pool, ball fields, tennis courts stadium, gymnasium).
1.3.2 Work closely with the Walnut Valley and Pomona Unified School Districts on an
ongoing basis to resolve issues such as joint use of facilities, location of new
facilities, and alternative use of vacant or unused sites.
Objective 1.4 Ensure the provision of cultural facilities, such as educational institutions, museums, and
Performing arts facilities, to meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Pursue the acquisition of a site and development of a civic center, including a
multi -use community center.
1.4.2 Monitor plans of the University of California and California State University and
Colleges systems to locate new campuses in Southern California.
1.4.3 Work with Los Angeles County to insure adequate library services are provided.
GOAL 2 Achieve a fiscally solvent, financially stable community.
Objective 2.1 Provide sufficient opportunities for retail and other nonresidential commercial and office uses as
necessary to ensure adequate municipal income to finance desired community amenities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16. 1993 VIS
Strategies:
2.1.1 Promote the intensification of the sales tax -generating potential of existing and
future commercial and office areas within the City (also see provisions in the Land
Use section of the Plan for Community Development).
2.1.2 Work with State officials and local elected representatives to make a determined
effort to promote legislation for distribution of sales taxes to local agencies reflecting
a combination of the location where the sales tax was collected and an equitable
distribution based on population.
2.1.3 Pursue the expansion of municipal boundaries to areas which can be utilized to
assist in the provision of sufficient municipal income to provide the high level of
services and facilities demanded by Diamond Bar residents.
2.1.4 Prepare and maintain a municipal cost/benefit model
Objective 2.2 Promote efficiency in the provision of public services and facilities.
Strategies:
2.2.1 Conduct an annual review of user charges, development fees, and public facilities
impact mitigation fees in accordance with California Government Code Section 66000
et al, (AB1600) to ensure that the charges are consistent with the costs of
improvement and maintenance, and that public services and facilities are being
expanded in a cost-efficient manner.
Objective 2.3 Promote a balance of public and private provision of services and amenities to the community.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Identify and pursue opportunities for private provision of services and facilities
within the City of Diamond Bar, including joint public/private efforts.
2.3.2 Explore joint or cooperative use of facilities owned or constructed by other public
agencies. Potential locations include, but are not limited to, the Pomona Unified
School District high school site in the Tres Hermanos area; Site "D" owned by the
Walnut Valley Unified School District off of Diamond Bar Boulevard east of the 57
Freeway; South Pointe Middle School; and the Walnut Valley Unified School District
school/office site on Lemon Avenue just north of the 60 Freeway.
2.3.3 Provide regular information to citizens regarding current issues, public safety
information, resource management information, city services, public meeting
schedules, hazardous material collection programs, etc.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
June 16, 1993 VI -6